T 2 Instructon Manual

I I HWRCHacn
T2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL (FANUC)
O:j CJ
o LC
Please keep in mind and follow what this manual explains about
installation, operation, maintenance and etc ..
.A~
--,
A;
0
7; .£ 0
.A.
'21
i:::i
HCS - 021L- EngA
Rev. 1 200808
I I HWRCH::an
I I HWRCH:cn
T2
INSTRUCTION MANUAL (FANUC)
O:j o
o LC
installation, operation, maintenance and etc ..
Serial Number
Date of manufacture
Manual Revision Rev.1 2008. 08
I I HWRCH:CJn
I I HWRCHEDn
< A I S Center >
KOREA
Tel: 080-951-6000
062-950-1600 - 1607
Fax: 062-951-5110
GERMANY
Tel: 02102-4904-24
Fax: 02402-4722-14
U.S.A
Tel: 847-573-0100
Fax: 847-573-9900
HWACHEON Machine Tool Co., ltd.

I I HIDRCHECJn
CONTENTS=
* INTRODUCTION · IMPORTANCE .............................................1-2

* Check points for Safe Operation
............................................. 1-26
1. Description of Symbol
2. For Safe Operation of Machine
3. Notes for Attention before using the Machine
4. Things to Note at the time of Installation of the Machine

4-1 Installation Place
4-2 Power Supply
4-3 Earth
4-4 Air supply
4-5 Installation
5. Things to Note at the time of Power Inlet & Cutoff

5-1 Things to Note before Power Inlet
5-2 Things to Note after Cutoff of Power
6. Safety Items at the time of setting the Machine
7. Things to Note at the time of Installation of Workpieces and Tools
8. Safety during the Operation of the Machine
9. Safety Items during Maintenance and Inspection

9-1 Daily Maintenance
9-2 Things to Note in advance in the case of Maintenance &
Inspection
10. Consideration at the time of selection of Cutting Fluid
11. Things to Note for the Operation of Special Equipment

11-1 Things to Note at the time of using Robot for Industrial use
11-2 Things to Note at the time of using Crane for loading purpose
12. DOOR WINDOW
13. Nameplate for Warning
=CONTENTS=
I I HmRcHacn
A. Machine Specification
1. Machine Configuration
...............................................A1-1-7
1-1 Basic Configuration
1-1-1 T2-1 TMC
1-1-2 T2-1TSMC
1-1-3 T2-1TYMC
1-1-4 T2-1TYSMC
1-1-5 T2-2TMC
1-1-6 T2-2TSMC
1-1-7 T2-2TYMC
1-1-8 T2-2TYSMC
1-2 Configuration of Shaft
1-3 Configuration of Appearance
2. Specification
...............................................A2-1-7
2-1 Machine Specification
2-2 Peripheral Device Specification

2-2-1 Oil Cooler
2-2-2 Hydraulic Pump Unit
2-2-3 Lubricating Pump
2-2-4 Cutting Fluid Pump & Tank
2-2-5 Hydraulic Chuck
2-2-6 Hydraulic Chuck Cylinder
2-3 Standard Accessories Specification
2-4 Optional Parts Specification
3. Major Dimension Diagram

............................................... A3-1-24
3-1 Plane Figure
3-2 Front View
3-3 Profile
3-4 Main Shaft related Dimension Diagram

3-4-1 Main Shaft Dimension Diagram
3-4-2 Main Shaft & Cylinder Dimension Diagram
3-5 CHUCK Dimension Diagram
3-6 CHUCK CYLINDER Dimension Diagram
3-7 JAW Dimension Diagram
=CONTENTS=
I I HWRCHacn
3-7-1 SOFT JAW (SJ-08B1)

3-7-2 HARD JAW (HJ-08B1)
3-8 Tool Interference Dimension Diagram
3-9 Tool Feed Dimension Diagram

3-9-1 O.D TOOL TRAVEL
3-9-2 FACE TOOL TRAVEL
3-9-31.D TOOL TRAVEL
3-9-4 STRAIGHT MILLING TOOL TRAVEL (X-AXIS)
3-9-5 ANGULAR MILLING TOOL TRAVEL (Z-AXIS)
3-9-6 STRAIGHT MILLING TOOL TRAVEL (Y-AXIS)
3-9-7 ANGULAR MILLING TOOL TRAVEL (Y-AXIS)
3-10 Tool Holder Dimension Diagram

3-10-1 OD Holder Dimension Diagram
3-10-2 FACE Holder Dimension Diagram
3-10-3 BORING BAR Holder Dimension Diagram
3-10-4 U-DRILL Holder Dimension Diagram
3-10-5 RADIAL DRIVEN Holder Dimension Diagram
3-10-6 AXIAL DRIVEN Holder Dimension Diagram
3-10-7 Tool Holder Attaching Dimension Diagram
3-11 Chip Conveyor related Dimension Diagram (Optional)
4. Tool Arrangement (TOOLING)

...............................................A4-1-6
4-1 OD HOLDER
4-2 FACE HOLDER
4-3 BORING BAR HOLDER
4-4 TURN MILL HOLDER
4-5 U-DRILL HOLDER (Optional)
4-6 Things to Note at the time of attaching TOOL HOLDER
4-7 Things to Note at the time of attaching TURN MILL HOLDER
5. Main Shaft Output & Torque

............................................... A5-1-2
5-1 Main Shaft Output & Torque (MAIN/SUB SPINDLE)
5-2 Main Shaft Output & Torque (TURN MILL SPINDLE)
6. NC Specification (FANUC)
...............................................A6-1-2
=CONTENTS=
I I HWRCHacn
B. Transportation and Installation
1. Transportation
............................................... 81-1-5
1-1 Preparation for Machine Transportation
1-2 Machine Transportation

1-2-1 Transportation in Using the Forklift
2. Installation
............................................... 82-1-12
2-1 Required Conditions in Machine Installation
2-1-1 Place of machine installation and surrounding environment
2-1-2 Mechanical and Electric Capacity
2-2 Foundation
2-2-1 Notes on Foundation Work
2-3 Installation Map

2-3-1 Installation map for machinery
2-4 Machine Installation

2-4-1 Check point before installing the machine
2-4-2 Machine installation method
2-5 Wiring and Piping
2-6 Check before Placing Power
2-7 Pilot Operation
=CONTENTS=
I I HWRCHECM
C. Operating Instruction
1. Operating Guideline
...............................................C1-1
2. Main Power Switch

...............................................C2-1-2
2-1 Operation of ON/OFF for Main Power Switch
2-2 How to open the Door without cutting Power
3. Main Operation Panel

...............................................C3-1-7
3-1 LCD Panel
3-2 MDI Panel

3-2-1 Description of MDI Keyboard
3-2-2 Description of Function Key
3-3 Operation Panel
4. Names of Operation Panel and their Functions

...............................................C4-1-20
4-1 "POWER" Button
4-1-1 "POWER ON" Button
4-1-2 "POWER OFF" Button
4-2 "EMERGENCY STOP" Push Button Switch
4-3 Indicator Light State

4-3-1 Indicator Light
4-3-2 "Alarm" Lamp
4-4 "MODE SELECT" Button
4-5 "OPERATION SELECT" or "FUNCTION" Button
4-6 "SPINDLE OPERATION MODE" Switch
4-7 "TURRET INDEX" Button
4-8 "RAPID OVERRIDE" Button
4-9 "JOG FEED" Button
4-10 "FEED OVERRIDE" Switch
4-11 "ALARM RESET" Button
4-12 "SPINDLE" Button
=CONTENTS=
I I HmRcH&cn
4-13 "SPINDLE OVERRIDE" Switch
4-14 "HANDLE" Switch & Button
4-15 "COOLANT" Button
4-16 "CHIP CONVEYOR" Button
4-17 "TOOL PRESETTER" Button
4-18 "PART CATCHER" Button
4-19 "AUTO DOOR" Button
4-20 CHUCK SELECT Key
4-21 "2 HAND OP" Button
4-22 Memory Protection Key
4-23 Operation Button
4-24 CHUCK FOOT Switch
=CONTENTS=
I I HWRCH:cn
D. Operation Manual
1. Confirmation before Power Placement

............................................... D1-1
2. Injection of main power

...............................................D2-1
3. Return to the Original Point

............................................... D3-1-3
3-1 Direction to Return to the Original Point
3-2 Manual Return to Original Point
3-3 Auto Return to original point
4. Moving of Axis
............................................... D4-1-3
4-1 Moving of Jog for Axis
4-1-1 Moving of Jog Feed for Axis
4-1-2 Rapid Move of the Axis
4-2 Handle Moving of Axis
5. SPINDLE START AND STOP

............................................... DS-1
6. CHUCK OPEN I CLOSE

.....................•.........................D6-1
7. TURRET INDEXING
...............................................D7-1
8. Auto Operation
............................................... D8-1-7
8-1 Matters to Confirm
8-2 MDI Operation

8-2-1 Example
8-3 Commence Auto Operation

8-3-1 Memory Motion
9. WORKPIECE TRANSFERRING
...............................................D9-1-3
9-1 PROGRAMMING OF MAIN SPINDLE PART OFF & TRANSFER

(T2-1TYSMC)
9-2 PROGRAMMING OF FRONT TURRET PART OFF & TRANSFER
=CONTENTS=
I I HWRCH:cn
(T2-2TYSMC)
9-3 Specifying a Shift Amount for Spindle Phase Synchronization

Control (2T-1YSMC)
10. When Power is Turned Off

............................................... D10-1-2
E. Repair & Maintenance
1. Checking and Maintenance of Machine

............................................... F1-1-17
1-1 Regular Checklist
1-2 Ordinary Check Items
1-3 Items to Check in 50 hours /1 Week
1-4 Items to Check in 200 hours / 1 month
1-5 Items to Check in 1000 hours/ 6 months
1-6 Items to Check in 2000 hours / 1 year
2. Repair and Maintenance of the Machine

............................................... F2-1
3. Number of Places for Oil Lubrication

............................................... F3-1
4. Adjustment of Switch
............................................... F4-1-7
4-1 Adjustment of Switch
4-2 Switch Arrangement Plan
5. Adjustment of Main Shaft Stand

............................................... FS-1-2
6. Repair & Maintenance of Hydraulic Parts

............................................... F6-1-5
6-1 Repair & Maintenance of SOLENOID COIL and VALVE
6-1-1 Replacement of SOLENOID COIL
6-1-2 Replacement of TERMINAL BOX
6-1-3 Replacement of SOLENOID VALVE
6-1-4 Breakdowns of SOLENOID VALVE and Measures
6-2 Repairing of Hydraulic Pump
=CONTENTS=
I I HWRCHecn
6-2-1 Irregular Operation of CYLINDER

6-2-2 Noise of Pump
6-2-3 Shortened Lifetime of Pump and Damage
6-2-4 Overheating of Motor
6-2-5 Overheating of Hydraulic Oil
7. Things to Note when using Chuck & Chuck Cylinder

............................................... F7-1
<APPENDIX>
1. SPINDLE OIL CIRCULATION DIAGRAM
2. HYDRAULIC CIRCULATION DIAGRAM
3. OIL CONDITIONER
4. PRESSURE SWITCH
5. PISTION PUMP
6. SOLENOID VALVE
7. HY'D CYLINDER
8. LUBRICATION OIL PUMP
9. AIR FILTER REGULATOR
10. AIR SOLENOID VALVE
11. COOLANT PUMP
12. CHUCK
13. CHUCK CYLINDER
=CONTENTS=
I I HWRCH&cn
INTRODUCTION
Thank you very much for purchasing for the HWACHEON T2-SERIES
integrated CNC lathe.
installation, operation, maintenance, and etc..
Free maintenance is provided for this equipment over a warranty period of

one year after purchase. However, this offer may be affected by delays in
actual delivery and installation times.
Therefore, in general it is HWACHEON policy not to provide free
maintenance on any equipment that, after more then 18 months have
elapsed, have been being shipped from our factories.
This offer of free maintenance will become invalid if a malfunction or
breakdown of the equipment occurs due to repairs, modifications, or
moving of the equipment without prior consent from HWACHEON.
The offer will also become invalid due to any accidents that may be traced
to major negligence on the part of the operator. Resale of this equipment
automatically invalidates any offer of free maintenance.
Should any problem, trouble, or apparent malfunction be encountered in

operating your HWACHEON equipment, report this promptly to your
dealer within the applicable warranty period.
HWACHEON cannot guarantee responsibility for problems, trouble, or
malfunction reported after expiration of your warranty period.
INTRODUCTION • IMPORTANCE -1-

I I HWRCHEcn
IMPORTANCE
The general precautions to operate this machine safely are described
below to supplement the operation technique and safety precautions
explained by our engineer or dealer when the machine is installed. Our
products are well designed to ensure the safety of all machine sections.
If the machine is used improperly, however, a serious accident may occur.

The basic safety precautions are described below.
CD When main spindle is rotated with 3,600 min· 1 . It is generated such

phenomenon as chuck is stopped by frequence of the machine work light.
Therefore, operate carefully.
® When Auto Door is operating, be cautious so that may not put in hand
in Door.
@ Don't open the Door to manual unreasonably. Otherwhile, Interlock

switch can be damaged.
@ Make sure that the clamping bolt of bite is fixed.
® When the length is more then 1.5 times of diameter of the workpiece,
support with tailstock certainly.
® The power turned off on operating, the tool can be damaged.
INTRODUCTION • IMPORTANCE -2-

I I HWRCHecn
Check points for Safe Operation
1. Description of Symbol
This Operation Manual used diversified symbols in order to effectively

deliver various kinds of dangers as well as tips concerning the operation
of machine. Please read the following descriptions on the symbols
carefully so that you are fully familiarized with it and accurately
understand the contents of this Manual.
<Symbols related to Warning for Dangers >
Descriptions on warnings are largely classified into 3 kinds: DANGER,

WARNING and CAUTION. The following symbols indicate the meanings
depending on the ratings of danger:
1. Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will

result in death or serious injury. (The contents should be specified in a
conspicuous place.)
2. Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could

result in death or serious injury.
(The contents should be specified in a conspicuous place.)
3. Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may

result in minor or moderate or damages to the machine. (The contents
should be specified in a conspicuous place.)
< Other Symbols >
8 1. Indicates comments and items for which care should be exercised.
2. Useful instructions related the operation of machine.
Checkpoints for Safe Operation -1-

I I HWRCH&cn
2. For Safe Operation of Machine
1. Operation of this machine is allowed to· those persons who are

equipped with the basic knowledge related to the operation of the
machine such as cutting theory, the use of tools and the fixing of
Workpieces. Our company will not be responsible for the accidents
occurred due to the operation, maintenance or programming of this
machine by the user who does not have insufficient knowledge mentioned
above or is not familiarized with the operation of the machine.
2. Materials or forms of Workpieces are very much diversified depending

on users. Therefore, please bear in mind the fact that the responsibility for
the setting variables for machining to follow respective conditions such as
the speed of spindle, the speed of cutting feed and the depth of cutting
lies to users.
3. This machine has various safety devices mounted on it. Careless

operation of the machine, however, may result in a serious accident.
Therefore, in order to prevent possible accidents, make sure that all the
users carefully read this Operation Manual, User Manual for NC Devices
and Operation Manuals for other peripheral machines which our company
provides before the operation, maintenance or programming work for the
machine.
4. Even though this Operation Manual explained in detail, still there is a

possibility that an unexpected situation which was not covered in this
) Manual may occur at the time of the operation of the machine. In this
regard, always pay attention to the issue of safety when operating the
machine as there may be further potential danger factors which were not
mentioned in this Operation Manual.
5. Manuals to be provided together with the machine are as follows:

CD Instruction Manual
®Manual for Programming (To be provided by NC Manufacturing
Company)
@ NC Operation & Maintenance Manual (To be provided by NC
Manufacturing Company)
@ User Manual for Peripheral Machines
6. Flow Chart and Checklist are also included in the Operation Manual for
repair and maintenance works for electrical items. Please note that
Electric Circuit Diagram is included in the Operation Manual placed inside
the Heavy Current Panel (E/L Box).
7. At the time of machine operation, maintenance work or programming

work, please fully familiarize with respective instructions beforehand. If the
basic safety instructions as such are not followed, there is a possibility of
accidents which might cause serious injury not only for the worker itself
but also other workers around together with material damage to the
machine. All the users who are to handle this machine are strongly
requested to carefully read and fully understand this Operation Manual
before operating the machine or doing programming work.
Checkpoints for Sc;fe Operation -2-

I I HWRCHEDn
8. The words or phrases used for the description or notes for attention for
machine parts are elaborated in detail in the Operation Manual in the
narrative form or using pictures.
In case you encounter any part which is not clearly understandable,
please refer to the description or picture of the corresponding part in the
Operation Manual. If it is still unclear even after referring to the Operation
Manual, please contact our Head Office.
9. All items specified in this Operation Manual are applicable to all those
who are related to this machine in terms of its operation, repair and
maintenance, safety inspection or preparation and modification of
programs of this machine. Therefore, please make sure that they read this
Manual carefully and fully familiarize with it before starting the applicable
works.
3. Notes for Attention before using the Machine
Please familiarize the following details before using the machine. These
notes are applicable to all types of works related to the machine
(Operation, repair and maintenance and programming work of the
machine).
1. Do not operate switch, button or key with wet hands. In case earth was
not done well or there is short-circuit, there is a danger for electric shock.
2. Before operating the machine, check whether there is any worker inside
the machine or near rotating part or feeding part. Make sure to have
hands off rotating part and not to stand near it during the operation of the
machine. There is a possibility of serious injury that body is wound to the
rotating part or bone is broken by the feeding part.
3. Do not operate the machine when Protection Cover was removed or

safety locking device or other safety device is released. Otherwise, the
machine may be operated in unexpected manner, which may cause
serious accident. In case Protection Cover or other Safety Devices are
damaged, please inform our Head Office immediately.
4. In case you have to go inside the machine to carry out the fixing of
Workpieces, cleaning inside the machine or repair/maintenance, please
make sure to cut off power before the work. And turn the main power
switch OFF and fix it with locking device. Also make sure to put a sign
panel saying "Person inside the machine" or "Repair/maintenance work in
process" around the machine so that other persons know the situation and
never turn ON power switch of the machine. Turning ON power while
there is any person inside the machine for operation or maintenance work
might cause serious accident.
5. Always turn OFF power at the time of repair or maintenance work for
Heavy current panel, motor or transformer. In case such work should be
done while power is turned ON inevitably, the person who performs the
work should be a qualified personnel and work should be done only after
proper prevention measure was taken. There is a danger of electric shock.
Power supply cables laid on the floor of work place should be protected
Checkpoin~ for Safe Operation -3-

I I HWRCHECJn
with safety cover to prevent damage. In case power supply cable is

damaged, there is a danger of electric shock.
6. Even after power was turned OFF, some equipment still have residual
electricity left for a while and the lights inside the motor or the machine
may still have heat of high temperature. Before repair or maintenance
work, make sure to check whether earth was properly done as well as the
temperature of heating part to avoid electric shock or burn when touching
them due to residual electricity or heat.
7. Before using the machine, check whether all cables are properly coated
for insulation. Damaged cable may cause the accident of electric shock.
1. Floors of work place around the machine should be always maintained

clean and well arranged. Do not put any unnecessary things on the floor,
and immediately wipe out in case water or oil was spilt on the floor. In
case such works are not done immediately, people may fall down due to
the things on the floor or be slipped due to water or oil on the floor, which
might cause injury.
2. Before operating the machine, check whether the work place is in safe
condition, especially the state of floor. Due to something on the floor or
some unsafe situation, worker may momentarily lose its balance which
might make him touch dangerous part of the machine and causes serious
injury.
3. Before operating any switch, button or key, make sure to check it is the
one he wants to operate accurately once again. Operation of wrong switch,
button or key may cause serious injury or the damage of machine.
4. Make sure to close the door while operating the machine. If the door is
open while the machine is being operated, there is a possibility for serious
injury or the damage of machine. (Danger for the accidents such as a part
of body is wound into the rotating part, body is hit by the moving part of
machine, person is hit by Workpieces or cutting tool or hit by scattering
Chip, or cutting fluid is splashed to body)
5. Basically this machine is configured in accordance with the

specification of the machine. Therefore, any change in the configuration of
the machine without our agreement is strictly prohibited. Change in the
configuration of the machine without our agreement may cause
malfunction, which might leads to an accident of serious injury or the
damage of machine.
6. This machine is shipped out with optimum setting for the safety of users
and the maintenance of the performance of machine. Do not change or
modify the setting ·of the machine in any event. In case the setting is
changed or modified without our agreement, it may result in a situation
where safety may not be secured, there is a danger for accident of injury,
the performance of the machine is deteriorated or the life of the machine
is reduced. In case you need to change or modify the setting or you need
to replace with new machine, please contact our Head Office. Our
company will not be liable for any accident which is occurred due to user's

I I HWRCHacn
own discretionary change of setting of the machine without our

agreement.
7. Please carry out your works only after carefully reading the User
Manual and fully understanding the contents when operating the machine,
inputting program or doing maintenance work. This is very important for
the safety of workers as well as the protection of the machine. Make sure
that you do not lose this Manual but please contact out Head Office in
case you lost it.
8. Please adhere to the notes in the nameplate for attention attached to

the machine. Carefully read the safety notes and fully understand the
contents. In case the nameplate worn out or damaged to be illegible,
please contact us. Also if you do not understand any content in the
nameplate, please let us know. In the case of the operation of the
machine without careful reading and accurate understanding of the
contents in the nameplate, there is a possibility of accident with serious
injury of workers and damage of the machine.
9. No one should be allowed to do the operation, repair/maintenance or

programming of the machine after drinking or taking drugs in any event. In
that case, the person becomes distractive and cannot concentrate, and
thus the person might lose the balance of his body and be injured by the
dangerous part of the machine. In case the person makes mistake in the
operation of the machine, there is a danger for serious injury of the person
or damage of the machine.
10. All persons who operate the machine or workers around the machine
or in the work place should keep their hairs and clothes neatly arranged.
In case hair is long or clothes are loose, they might be wound into the
rotating part of the machine and cause an accident with serious injury.
And always wear safety shoes, protection glasses and safety hat in the
work place.
11. For the safety of users, Door interlock and Heavy current panel
interlock functions are set in the machine. When operating the machine,
all interlock functions should be turned ON. Please note that the possibility
of accident becomes much higher in case the machine is operated with all
the interlock functions turned OFF and released. After finishing necessary
works, the interlock functions should be returned to their original state.
12. Door Interlock function is a function to protect user from the possibility
of accident by making spindle not operating in case door is open. There
may be possibility of other factors for danger existing in relation to door
interlock function, and therefore user's attention is always required at the
time of operation.
13. In order to prevent any unexpected accident, make sure that you know
the location of Emergency Stop button before operating the machine.
Emergency Stop button stops all motions of the machine at once. Make
sure to get rid of any obstacle in front of the Emergency Stop button.
Otherwise it may cause delay in pushing the Emergency Stop button in
the case of the occurrence of emergent situation.

I I HWRcHaan
14. For the prevention of accident, Manager in charge of the work should
conduct appropriate safety education and training for workers on a regular
basis. In case there is no safety education and training provided to
workers, not only the workers but also other workers around them may
encounter danger.
15. Even though Emergency Stop button was pressed, rotating part in the
rotating body may not stop right away doe to the inertia of rotation.
Accordingly, check whether the rotating part is completely stopped or not.
16. Do not put tools or other things inside the machine. In case the
machine is operated with tools or other things inside the machine, the tool
or thing may be bounced out of the machine due to the rotating force,
which may create serious injury or damage to machine.
17. During the operation of the machine, noise at 85dB or more may be
generated depending on cutting condition or other factors. The noise may
adversely affect the health especially hearing ability of workers and
therefore attention should be paid to this situation. Accordingly, it is
recommended to put on protection device in the case of working near the
machine which is in the process of machining.
1. The program saved by a user, the setting values saved at the time of
shipping of the machine and tool offset data may be damaged due to
user's mistakes in operation or other reason. To prevent this, backup such
date using external input/output device and save it separately. Our
company will not be responsible for the loss of such data in case user did
not make backup file. Keep the basic parameter table provided together
with the machine at safe place so that the table can be referred to when
the parameter values are lost for some reason.
2. Do not touch the edge of Chip or tools with bare hand.
3. In case there is a footing switch, be careful not to tumble over the

switch.
4. In case you need to delete some memories, contact our company.

Incorrect deletion of memory may cause the loss of other data and it may
cause defects in the machine.
5. Machine operator should have normal sensibility for all senses. In case
the operator's sensibility is abnormal, it will be difficult to check the
machine or surrounding situation for safety, which might lead to accident
for injury or damage to the machine.
6. Work place should always have appropriate lightings. If lighting is not

bright enough, it will be difficult for workers to check the working
conditions, which may cause an accident or defect of the machine.
7. Get rid of all unnecessary obstacles around the machine. And also
make sure that there is space and passage around the machine to ensure
that there is no problem in working. In the case of no space or narrow
passage around the machine, there is a possibility of being tumbled down

I I HlllRCH&cn
or proper work may not be done.
8. Load the Workpieces safely. In case the Workpieces falls down, there
is a possibility of injury and also Workpieces may be damaged.
9. Always maintain the area around the machine clean. Clean Chips or
other foreign matters.
10. Use the bench which has sufficient sustaining capacity for weights of
Workpieces and tools. Otherwise, there is a possibility of injury
11. When fixing Workpieces, make sure that clamping is done solidly,
pressure is at sufficient level, but also check whether the pressure is too
much to make the Workpieces crushed or not.
12. Thoroughly do clamping to make sure the Workpieces are not

bounced out from Chuck owing to the centrifugal force of spindle or
cutting force.
13. If the center of rotation is inaccurate or there is trembling due to

eccentricity of the Workpieces or irregular circle, there will be vibration for
spindle during the rotation and thus whole machining process will be
adversely affected. In this case, affix corresponding balance to the
Workpieces.
14. When Chips are adhered to tools or Workpieces, the desired cutting
level cannot be obtained. Therefore, choose the tool which can prevent
the adherence of Chips to tools and Workpieces.
15. Before selecting tools, thoroughly check whether there is no

interference in between Cover, Jaw, Chuck, Workpieces and Tool.
16. In order to obtain special level of machining, sufficient cutting

condition for diameter and materials should be secured. Accordingly, data
for the materials and the change in diameter of the Workpieces is
required.
17. Warm up the feeding part and spindle before starting operation so that
they reach to appropriate temperature for machining before operation.
This warming up procedure is to reduce the influence of the deformation
of Workpieces due to heat.
18. When machining iron steel and cast iron for irregular quantity, a
certain estimated quantity should be programmed in advance for
machining.
In case NC alarm is ON, refer to the alarm message in the Manual and
take appropriate action as mentioned. In case the alarm is still not
released even after taking action, contact our company or the
manufacturer of Controller for inquiry.

I I HWRCHiH.::1n
4. Things to Note at the time of Installation of the Machine
4-1 Installation Place
1. Allow space for maintenance. Install the machine so that the doors of
the machine and the NC unit can be opened without interference.
1. At the time of the installation of the machine, installation should be

done based on the Installation Drawing and other applicable Manual but
ensure that sufficient space is secured.(Spaces for: Chip conveyor,
mounting and removal of Cutting Fluid Tank, opening and closing of door
for Heavy Current Panel). Check whether door of the machine and
operation panel can be moved smoothly. Unless sufficient space is not
secured as mentioned above, repair and maintenance works will be
difficult to carry out and thus the life of the machine will be eventually
reduced.
2. The machine should be installed in the place where there is no soil,

dust and humidity. In case there is soil or dust, cooling ability of cooling
fan will be adversely affected which might cause defects to the machine.
3. Do not put things on the floor around the machine. Keep the floor dry. If
Cutting fluid or lubricating oil is spilled. Wipe it up immediately.
4. Maintain the temperature around the work place to be 10 °C-35 °C and

make sure that the humidity is not more than 75%. Otherwise, there will
be problems in electric system for operation panel and peripheral devices,
which might lead into the defect of the machine.
5. The machine and the NC unit must not subject to any excessive
vibrations. Excessive vibration is the cause of the defect of the machine
and it also affects to the degree of precision.
1. The machine and the NC unit should not be exposed to direct sunlight.
8 Direct sunlight will increase the temperature of the machine and cause the
deformation by heat, which will in turn affect the degree of precision of the
machine.
2. Make sure that the floor is strong enough to sustain the machine. The
floor must not be sloped or irregular in any way. The machine must be
level. Otherwise, the machine may be twisted or deformed while the
degree of precision is affected as well.
3. Allow space for easy removal of the Chip conveyor and the Cutting fluid
tank.

I I HWRCHEDn
4-2 Power Supply
1. Only an authorized electrical technician should perform work with the

power cable connections. In case a worker who does not have any
experience in electrical maintenance carries out the work without
preventive safety measure, there is a danger for the accident of electric
shock.
1. In the case of power supply device, do not connect power supply cable
directly from main power source. In case there is a sudden decrease in
voltage due to the shortage of power supply, the malfunction of the
machine may be caused, which may lead to an accident of giving injury or
defect of the machine.
<Allowable values>
- Voltage: ± 10% of nominal supply voltage
Europe: AC 380 V 50 Hz±1
(U.K., India; AC 415/440 V 50 Hz±1)
the Americas: AC 220 V 60 Hz±1
(Canada: AC 550 V 60 Hz±1)
- Momentary power failure: Less than 10 msec.
- Voltage impulse: Peak value is 200 % or less of the effective value (rms
value) of the line voltage with pulse duration of 1.5 msec.
- Waveform distortion: 7 % or less
- Imbalance in line voltages: 5 % or less
2. No electrical noise generating sources, such as electric welders or

electric discharge machines, can be near the machine. Take care to
isolate the machine from any adverse effects that might be caused by
nearby equipment.
4-3 Earth
1. Earth is essential work. Unless earth was done, there is a possibility of

death from electric shock at the time of the operation of the machine.
2. Earth wire should be as short as possible and its thickness should be

as same as that of power supply cable. Refer to the applicable regulations
for the use of machine before working for earth. In case earth was not
done properly, there is a possibility of an accident for death from electric
shock.
1. The machine must be grounded independently of other machines.

Independent earth ground is most desirable. If electric welders or electric
discharge machines are grounded to the frame of the plant building, do
not connect the ground wire of the machine to the plant frame. The
ground wire must be as short as possible and have the same diameter as
the input power cable.
Class 3 ground
Grounding resistance: 1OOQ or less

I I HmRcHacn
4-4 Air supply
1. Use only clean and dry air (Less than 80% RH). Less than 0. 7Mpa,
10°C. In case air with much humidity and dust in it is used, pneumatic
pressure supply device, there is a possibility of malfunction with the
damage to the machine.
2. Make sure that the air source can supply the specified volume of air. If
pneumatic pressure is insufficient, the divides may be in malfunction,
which will cause trouble.
4-5 Installation
1. Only an authorized technician should perform work with the machine

hoisting. The operation of crane hoisting or the driving of forklift by the
worker who is unfamiliar with safe operation may cause not only the
danger of accident but also the damage of the machine.
2. Use only wires, shackles, and jigs of the dimensions specified in the
manual. They must be strong enough to support the weight of the
machine. In case the items cannot sustain the given load, the machine
may be dropped down, which will cause the accident which gives rise to
serious injury of workers as well as the damage of the machine.
3. Be sure that the machine is well balanced both lengthwise and

crosswise while hoisting the machine slightly above the floor. In case the
machine is not well balanced, the machine may be dropped down.
4. When two persons or more are involved in the hoisting, be sure to call
attention to each other as necessary. In case hoisting is done under the
situation where other person is around the machine or inside the machine,
the person may be seriously injured.
5. Make sure that there are no tools or other things inside the machine
before doing the hoisting work. In case the machine was lifted, the tools or
things may drop down from the machine, which might cause injury of
workers or damage of the machine.
6. In the case of moving the machine using forklift, do not lift up the
machine too high. Lifting up too high might make the forklift lose the
balance and fall down, which will lead to serious injury of workers or the
damage of the machine.
7. Make sure to use the crane or forklift which has sufficient capacity to
sustain the weight of the machine. Use of the equipment which is unable
to sustain the weight might lead to an accident.
8. At the time of hoisting work, check the center of gravity of the machine.
Moving the machine without identifying the center of gravity accurately
may lead to losing its balance and falling down.
Checkpoints for Safe Operation -10 -

I I HIDACH&cn
1. If rust prevention coating is applied to the slideway surfaces, must be

removed completely. In case the machine is operated without the rust
preventioncoatingremoved,.the.mac:hine.may.be darnaged ..
2. The carriage and cross slide are fixed in place with shipping clamps
when the machine is shipped. These clamps must be removed before
turning ON the power.
3. Check whether all parts of the machine were fixed before hoisting
work is done.
4. In the case of moving the machine using movable table, make sure that
the number and matter of rollers are sufficient to sustain the weight of the
machine.
5. At the time of the installation of the machine, make sure that cutting
fluid tank and Chip conveyor are placed in right position. Otherwise,
cutting fluid may be leaked out or Chips may be bounced around the
machine.
6. In order to obtain accurate degree of precision, attention should be paid

to make sure that the machine is handled smoothly at the time of
installation work. In case the installation was not done based on the basic
drawing for installation, the degree of precision and the life of the machine
may be adversely affected.
7. After installing the machine, the machine must be leveled. The

machine's crown and distortion values must be adjusted according to the
Accuracy Test Results Chart delivered with the machine.
1. Keep the door interlock switch in the ON position.
8 Move the machine after placing the door at the safe place.
Checkpoints for Safe Operation - 11 -

I I HUIRCHacn
5. Things to Note at the time of Power Inlet & Cutoff
5-1 Things to Note before Power Inlet
Familiarize the following to prevent the breakdown of the machine or

injury of workers before power inlet:
1. After power inlet, do not touch the operating button on the operation
panel up until Alarm Message is indicated on monitor. As POWER ON
switch is configured in relation to other buttons on the operation panel for
the purpose of repair or inspection, the machine may be in malfunction
which might lead to machine breakdown and injury of workers in case the
operation button was touched unconsciously.
1. Make sure that all bolts are tightened securely. If the machine is
operated with Bolts unfastened, it may lead to the breakdown of the
machine.
2. Make sure that all electronic connectors are connected securely. If the
machine is operated when the connection of Connector was loosened, it
may lead to the breakdown of the machine.
3. Make sure that all hydraulic hoses and pipes are connected accurately.
If power is ON without accurate connection, Oil and Air may be leaked,
which may lead to the breakdown of the machine.
4. If the machine is equipped with any optional external equipments

(pallet/robot/bar-feeder ... ), make sure that each electrical cable and
hydraulic/pneumatic pipes are connected correctly. If the machine is
operated with inaccurate connection of various cables, hoses and pipes, it
may lead to malfunction and breakdown of the machine.
5. Do not leave the Main switch of the machine at ON position when main
power of the factory was not supplied. In that case, the Main switch may
be damaged when power is supplied all of a sudden.
5-2 Things to Note after Cutoff of Power
1. If the machine was stopped due to power interruption, cut off the Main
switch of the machine immediately. In that case, if power is not cut off, it
may lead to malfunction of the machine and serious accident with
machine breakdown and injury when power is restored.
2. The machine cannot operate unless the power is supplied correctly. A

momentary power stoppage due to a power failure or lightning can cause
an accident. Therefore, stop the machine if abnormal fluctuation of power
supply due to lightning, etc. is anticipated.
3. Before starting machine operation, make sure that all of the gauges
(hydraulic pressure, lubricating oil pressure, compressed air pressure,
etc.) indicate the correct values. (If any of the gauges is not operated
accurately or oil or compressed air is leaked at the time of machine

I I HWRCHacn
operation, it may lead to serious damage or breakdown of the machine)
1. After turning ON power, make sure that the fans are operating correctly.
If the machine is operated when the fans are abnormally operating, it may
lead to the damage or defect of the machine due to the heat generation
inside the machine.
2. If the machine is equipped with manual lubricating button for its

lubricating system, check whether slide way lubricating pump is operating
normally after the power inlet. If the machine is operated when the
lubricating pump is not normally operated, oil will not be supplied to Slide
way, which may lead to the damage and defect of the machine.
In order to protect Slide way, supply oil to the surface of Slide by
operating the lubricating pump manually without moving respective shafts
immediately after the power inlet.
In case respective shafts are operated when oil was not supplied, rapid
wearing and burning are incurred to either Slide way or Ball Screw, which
may lead to machine breakdown.
3. To turn OFF power, take the sequence of following actions:

CD Check whether Alarm or abnormal case was occurred or not.
®Press Emergency Stop Button.
® Press POWER OFF Switch on the operation panel.
© Turn OFF Main Power Switch.
In case power is cutoff without going through the above preliminary
actions, there may be unexpected malfunction of the machine.
4. In case power is inlet again after the machine was stopped due to
power interruption, check whether there is any damage in program,
parameter and offset data. If the machine is operated with any of the
above data damaged, it may lead to the machine breakdown.
6. Safety Items at the time of setting the Machine
Setting of the machine means the stage from power inlet to the time
before the actual commencement of the production of machining items.
Accordingly, all the stages such as program input, the arrangement of
Workpieces, the measurement of offset quantity of tools, program
inspection and test machining are included in the Setting of the machine.
1. The machine should be operated by one designated and well-trained

person only. If more then one operator is inevitably necessary, all the
operators concerned must cooperate and be able to communicate each
other. In case one operator presses any button on the operating panel or
moves the machine while the other operator was working on fixing the
Workpieces, Workpiece fixing device or cutting tools, it may lead to
serious injury not only to the operator but also other workers as well.
2. When Door interlock function was released at the time of setting work,
take the sequence of the following actions for the safety of operator.

I I HWRCH&CIM
< How to prevent the execution of Automatic Operation >

CD Set the Operation Mode selection switch to "Manual Operation".
® Set the speed range of Spindle to "Neutral (or Min. value)".
< In case Automatic Operation was started by mistake >

CD Set the Override switch (Rapid feed speed, cutting feed speed) to
Min. value.
® Turn ON Single Block function.
@ Turn ON Machine Lock function.
© Convert the cutting fluid operation switch to OFF mode.
< How to prevent the Operation of Spindle >

CD Set the speed range of Spindle to "Neutral (Min. value)".
® Input "SO" in MDI mode.
< In case Spindle was operated by mistake >

CD Set the Spindle speed Override switch to Min. value.
3. In the case of fixing Workpieces manually, make sure to eliminate the

tool for fixing after the fixing work was finished without fail. In case the
machine is operated where tools are left inside the machine, the tool will
be bounced out of the machine and may give serious injury to worker or
4. Check whether the maximum speed of Spindle is set below the

respective maximum limit speeds of Tool and Holder. In case the
maximum speed of Spindle is set the maximum limit speeds indicated
above, the Workpieces or Tool may be bounced out of the machine and
may give serious injury to worker or damage to the machine.
5. Fix the Workpieces and cutting Tools safely and securely and set the
cutting depth and cutting feed speed to safety level at the time of test
machining. If the cutting depth and cutting feed speed are set above the
safety level to increase productivity, the Workpieces or Tools may be
bounced out of the machine and may give serious injury to worker or
6. Make sure that the most appropriate Tool, Holder and machining
method for the material and form of the Workpieces are selected, and also
check whether there is no problem in machining work. In the case of
machining using inappropriate Tool or Holder, the Workpieces or Tool
may be bounced out of the machine and give serious injury to worker and
damage to the machine. Please note that it may also adversely affect the
degree of precision of the machine.
7. Check whether Cutting Tool, Holder, Workpiece fixing device and

Workpieces are safely and securely fixed. Otherwise, during the
machining process, Workpieces or Tool may be bounced out of the
machine and give serious injury to operator or damage to the machine.
8. Carefully check whether Tools are accurately mounted and the speed
of Spindle was set appropriately before operation. If Tools were mounted
in unstable manner or the speed of Spindle is inappropriate, the Tools

I I HmRcHecn
may be bounced out of the machine and give serious injury to worker and
9. For the operation, mounting, removal or carriage of a heavy article, use

appropriate equipment such as Crane or Hoist for safety reason. If such
equipment was not used, there is a possibility of serious injury to workers
or physical defects due to heavy weight.
1. Do not touch the lighting lamp inside the machine. In the case of the
machine which used halogen lamp or incandescent lamp, the lamps are
heated to high temperature and there is a danger of burn when touching
them. Even after power was cut off, wait for some time before you touch
the lamp.
2. Always turn ON the lightings for safety at the time of setting the
machine. If the lightings are turned OFF, it becomes difficult to check the
condition inside the machine and to do test machining work. And it may
give rise to the damage of defect to the machine and there is a possibility
for the injury to workers.
3. In case manual sliding oil button is mounted to the sliding oil system for
Slide way, oil screen may be damaged if the machine has been stopped
for one day or more. If the machine is operated where the oil screen is
damaged, Slide way or Ball screw may be damaged by wearing or
burning.
4. In case manual sliding oil button is mounted to the sliding oil system for
Slide way, do not press the Sliding oil button for more than 1 minute for
the protection of Sliding oil pump motor. When pressing the button for
more than 1 minute, the Sliding oil pump motor may be damaged.
5. Keep the front door closed while the machine is operating. The
area inside the front door contains many sources of potential danger
the spindle rotating at a high speed with a workpiece clamped in it,
the turret which rotates and moves in many directions with a number
of sharp cutting tools, splashing Cutting fluid, and scattering Chips.
6. After the completion of a cycle, before removing a machined

workpiece and setting a new workpiece, always check that the Cycle
Start Indicator is not lit and that the Program End Indicator is lit.
7. Select the proper chucking pressure and tailstock spindle thrust

pressure for the desired type of machining.

I I HWRCHEan
7. Things to Note at the time of Installation of Workpieces and Tools
1. Only experienced workers should be allowed for the installation of the

Workpieces. When Crane is operated by a worker who does not have
enough experience, there is a possibility of serious injury to the operator
or machine breakdown.
2. When the Workpieces, Fixtures or other things are lifted by two persons
or more, make sure that they are able to properly communicate and
cooperate each other.
3. When lifting the Workpieces, Fixture or other things, steel wire or hook
should be used. The dimension of JIG is indicated in the Manual in detail.
If an equipment which is unable to sustain the weight of the Workpieces,
the Workpieces may be dropped down and it may give serious injury to
operator or machine breakdown.
4. Check whether the Workpieces or Fixture is safely and securely fixed

before lifting them. Otherwise, the Workpieces or Fixture may be dropped
down and it may give serious injury to the operator or machine
breakdown.
5. After the Workpieces or Fixture were lifted a little bit from the floor,
check whether the balance of them to all directions of right/left/up/down. If
the Workpieces or Fixture continue to be lifted up without balancing, they
may drop down and it may give serious injury to the operator or machine
breakdown.
6. At the time of installing Milling Chuck to Spindle or Magazine, check

whether Rotating Tool is safely fixed to Holder. Otherwise, the Tool may
be damaged or noise is generated when the Spindle was rotated and it
may give serious injury to the operator or machine breakdown.
7. When mounting cutting Tools, check the Tool No. carefully. If wrong
Tool is mounted, machining is done by the wrong Tool. In case wrong
machining is done, there is a possibility of the breaking of cutting Tool or
the generation of noise due to various problems such as inappropriate
machining condition, excessive number of rotations of Spindle, excessive
depth of cutting, excessive cutting quantity, excessive cutting speed,
which may lead to serious injury of the operator or machine breakdown.
1. Fix the Tool to match with the balance of Magazine when installing Tool
to Magazine. If the Tool was fixed toward particular direction without
balance or heavy Tool is concentrated toward a particular spot, the
operation of Magazine will be limited to the place where the Pot of the
Tool is located, the Magazine will become out of balance, or it will be
detrimental to the life of the machine.
2. When Workpieces or JIG are installed on the pallet of the machine to

which APC device is equipped, the installation should be done with
balance. If things are concentrated toward a particular place, the machine
may be damaged when the Pallet is rotated due to centrifugal force even
though all the things are placed in a limited area.

I I HWRCHecn
3. When mounting a Tool to Spindle or Magazine, clean Taper Hole inside

the Spindle, Shank part of Tool Holder and Magazine Pot using clean
cloth. In case the Tool is mounted without eliminating the Chips or foreign
materials from outside, the Tool may be slipped out when the Spindle is
rotating and it is detrimental to the degree of precision of machining. And
also Spindle and the Tool will be damaged.
4. In case a combining Tool such as End Mill is mounted to Milling Chuck,

do not fix the End Mill where the Milling Chuck is fixed to the Spindle.
When fixing Tool to Chuck, always use Tool fixing Holder for fixing before
mounting Chuck to Spindle. If you try to fix the Tool for rotation to Milling
Chuck where Chuck is fixed to the Spindle, the Tool may lose the center
of gravity and fall down, which may lead to the injury to workers and
damage to the Tool and Spindle.
5. When mounting Tools, carefully check the specification of the Tools

and also check whether interference is occurred at the time of exchange
of the Tools. If you do not check the specification of the Tools,
interference may be occurred among the Tools at the time of exchange of
them, which may lead to machine breakdown.
6. Be careful not to drop the Tools when mounting to or separating from

Spindle or Magazine. Do not touch the Tools with bare hands, which is
dangerous.
7. When separating the Tools from Spindle manually, check whether the
Tools are properly fixed to Spindle before unclamping the Tools and be
careful not to drop the Tools inside the machine. It may cause the damage
to the machine.
8. When selecting and setting the Tools, use the Tool which is fit for the
specification of the machine and make sure to check whether interference
is occurred. Attention should be paid to the selection of the Tools.
Otherwise, the Tools may create interference with the Workpieces, Fixture
or cover, which may lead to the damage to the machine.

I I HWRCH&CJn
8. Safety during the Operation of the Machine
1. As there is a possibility to be wound into the machine or to be seriously

injured while the Spindle is rotating, never open the door of the machine
to remove Chips, Workpieces or Cutting Tools.
2. Never operate the machine when Cover was removed. Without Cover,
rotating or moving part of the machine is exposed to worker and there is a
possibility for worker to be wound into the rotating part or to be hit by the
moving part. And Cutting fluid and Chip can enter into the machine, which
may lead to the machine breakdown.
3. Do not put anything near the moving part of the machine. Either the
thing or the machine is damaged.
4. In the case of the machine with special specification, operation should

be done in accordance with such special specification. Inappropriate
operation may give rise to unexpected accident of serious injury or
machine breakdown.
5. Do not put hands into the Chip Conveyor during operation of the
machine.
6. Always stop the machine before removing Chips inside the machine
while operation. Also stop the machine as well as supplying Cutting fluid
before adjusting the direction or ejection quantity of Cutting fluid. If such
actions are attempted during operation without stopping the machine, the
worker may be wound into the machine or be hit with the moving part of
the machine.
7. When performing unattended operation or machining flammable Cutting

fluid or flammable Workpieces, there is a possibility of fire. In case fire
breaks out inside the machine, it may lead to a big accident with serious
injury or the damage of the machine. Our company will not be responsible
for any loss from fire. Therefore, it is strongly recommended to install
automatic fire extinguisher while paying keen attention to the possibility of
fire when operating the machine.
8. Set the RPM of main shaft to be in lower range than the allowable
maximum value of Tool and Holder respectively. Otherwise, Tools or
Workpieces may scatter around to cause serious injury or the damage of
the machine.
9. Fix the Workpieces and Cutting Tools safely and securely and, at the
time of test machining, make sure that the Cutting depth and Cutting feed
speed is set in consideration of safety. If the Cutting depth and Cutting
feed speed are set beyond the safety range to increase productivity, the
Workpieces or Tools may be bounced out of the machine to cause serious
injury to operator or the defect of the machine.
10. When the machine to which Pallet is mounted is used, do not put hand
or foot on the APC or the machine before Setup indication light on APC
Operation Panel is turned ON. As the exchange of Pallet is to be done
automatically, there is a possibility of crash with the Pallet and injury.

I I HmRcHaan
11. Do not touch the Tools mounted on the Magazine while the Magazine
is in operation. And also do not touch or approach any moving parts of the
machine, which may lead to an accident to be wound into the machine
and to get seriously injured.
12. Even though the diameter, weight and length of the Tool is within the
range stipulated in the Manual, there may a case where Spindle may not
rotate up to the designated maximum RPM due to JIG, machining Tool
and the pertinent conditions. In such case, if the Spindle is compulsorily
forced to rotate at high speed, the Tool may scatter around and cause an
accident for serious injury or machine breakdown.
1. Always try test machining in Single Block mode before commencing

commercial mass production. Otherwise, Tools may crash with the
Workpieces during machining process, which may lead to the damage of
the machine and cause the deterioration of the machine performance.
2. Always operate Chip Conveyor during automatic operation. If Chips are

excessively piled on Chip Conveyor, the Chip Conveyor may not normally
operate and eventually be broken down. (This is applicable to the model
only to which Chip Conveyor is mounted)
3. Check whether there is any abnormal noise or vibration during the

operation of the machine. When abnormal noise or vibration is found,
identify the cause and take proper action immediately. If the machine is
continuously used without taking necessary action, the degree of
precision may be adversely affected.
4. If a Tool which has dynamic eccentricity is rotated with high speed,

machine vibration is generated and thus the life of bearing is reduced
while accelerating the wearing of Cutting Tools, which will cause serious
problem for the machine and the degree of its precision. Accordingly,
make sure that the Tools used for high speed Spindle are well balanced
before using it. And maintain the allowable volume of eccentricity to
minimum level.
1. Move the Tool in the Spindle toward the Magazine when the machining
8 work is finished. In case Tools are mounted to Spindle for a long time after
finishing machining work, the Tools may be stuck to Spindle due to
burning and the Tool may not be replaced.

I I HIDRCHaan
9. Safety Items during Maintenance and Inspection
9-1 Daily Maintenance
In order to ensure safe operations, the machine must be maintained and

inspected daily.
1. Always turn OFF the power before performing maintenance and

inspection. In case the maintenance work should be done with the power
of the machine turned ON, keen attention should be paid to avoid the
accident such as electric shock, accident to be wound into the rotating
part or crash with the moving part of the machine, which is very
dangerous and may lead to serious injury.
1. Clean the machine after the machining work. In the course of cleaning,
possible problems in the machine can be easily found. When any problem
is found, take immediate action as necessary. Cleaning and inspection of
the machine is essential to prevent the problem of the machine.
2. Remove Chips to ensure the Chips are not piled up in the case of dry
machining or cast iron machining. In case Shaft is moving where Chips
are piled up, Chips may be put into the Slide way and it may lead to
machine breakdown.
3. Make sure that the gauges for hydraulic pressure, air pressure, and
lubricating oil pressure indicate the correct values. When the machine is
operated where the above gauges are abnormally operated or do not
operate, it may cause machine breakdown.
4. Make sure that lubricating oil is properly supplied to the slideway.

In case the machine is operated where Sliding oil is not supplied to the
Slide way, it may cause wearing and burning of the Slide way, which will
lead into the shortening of the life of the machine.
5. Drain the air regulator. In case water is filled in the Air Filter, the
function of the Filter is deteriorated and pneumatic pressure parts may be
operated abnormally, which may lead into machine breakdown.
9-2 Things to Note in advance in the case of Maintenance & Inspection
1. Wiring work for 200V AC or higher voltage circuits must be performed

only by an authorized electrical technician. If an unqualified worker carries
out electrical wiring work, there is a possibility for electric shock.
2. Cut off all power cutoff devices of the Factory before carrying out the
inspection and maintenance inside the Heavy Current Panel. Even though
the power of the Heavy Current Panel was turned OFF, residual electricity
may be still remaining inside the Heavy Current Panel and therefore there
is still a possibility of electric shock when touching it unconsciously. In
case power supply is necessary at the time of inspection and
maintenance, check the state of electric current referring to Wiring
Diagram and Instruction Manual.

I I HIURCH&cn
1. Do not climb on the machine. If the person loses balance, the person
may fall down and be injured.
2. When Chips are being discharged with the Chip conveyor, never put
hand or foot on the conveyor. The person may be pulled into the conveyor
and get seriously injured (This is applicable only to the case when Chip
Conveyor is mounted).
3. Clean Filter and Fan in Heavy Current Panel regularly. If foreign

matters enter into Fan or Filter in the Heavy Current Panel from outside, it
may cause malfunction of the machine and also serious breakdown or
defect of the machine.
4. For the replacement of parts, make sure that only the regular parts
acknowledged by our company are used. We will not be responsible for
the problems incurred due to the use of the parts which are not
recommended by our company. In case unstipulated parts are used, it will
cause problems in the performance of the machine and deteriorate the
safety of the machine, which may lead into serious breakdown or defect of
the machine or accident.
5. Replace Bolts used for Fixture or JIG regularly, once a year. In case the
Bolds are not replaced in time, the Bolts may be damaged and their
fractions may scatter around while machining of the Workpieces, Fixture
or Cutting Tools, which may lead into serious damage to the machine and
injury to workers.
6. If electric wire is cut and thus Alarm or Buzzer related to Door Interlock
device does not operate or there is a problem in the control device of the
Door Interlock, contact our Head Office immediately. In order to release
the problem situation after the cause of the problem was solved, press
Emergency Stop Button or turn OFF the power of NC Unit and then turn
ON the power again. Do not try to operate the machine when the problem
situation is not solved, which may cause serious machine breakdown and
injury.
7. In case it is necessary to enter into the machine for cleaning or

repair/maintenance, make sure that power is cut off and leave the Door
open. In case any worker is inside the machine when Door is closed, the
Door of the machine is mechanically locked and then it may not be
possible to open the Door from inside the machine. Moreover, in such
case, if the machine is operated, serious situation will occur.
1. Do not fasten Bolds too tight. It may damage the machine as the Bolds
themselves, which may lead into machine breakdown.
2. Maintain the Taper part of Spindle Hole and Nose part of Spindle clean
so that Chips and dusts do not exist. If Chips, dusts or other foreign
matters enter into the Taper Hole of the Spindle, the degree of precision
of the Spindle will be deteriorated while interrupting normal operation of
Tool Unclamping Collet, which may lead into the damage of the machine.
When cleaning the Nose part of the Spindle and Taper Hole part of the
Spindle, never use compressed air. If compressed air is used for cleaning,

I I HWRCH&cn
it is possible that remaining Cutting fluid come into the Spindle bearing
and it may damage the bearing while causing machine breakdown.
3. The solenoid valves become very hot when the machine is operating.
Be very careful not to touch them after the power is turned OFF.
4. Supply or change hydraulic oil, lubricating oil as specified in the

Instruction Manual. If oil is not replaced periodically, it may cause machine
breakdown and shorten the life of the machine.
5. Use only fresh uncontaminated lubricating oil as specified in the

Instruction Manual. Clean the reservoirs and filters in the lubrication/air
line periodically and check for damages to the lubrication equipment and
piping. The damaged device or equipment will lead into the problem of
shortening of the life of the machine.
6. Do not open the doors of the electrical cabinet, the NC unit, or the
operation panel unless absolutely necessary Opening the doors allows
dust, foreign matter, and moisture to enter the enclosure and can cause
machine malfunctions.
7. The halogen lamp will be very hot after it has been lit for a long period.
Be careful not to touch it. If the halogen lamp is touched, there is a
possibility of burn. Cut off the power and take a while before touching the
lamp as it may be still hot right after the power cutoff.
8. Check Turcite and Oil Seal on Slide way regularly and replace them
before they lose the characteristics of sealing. If Turcite or Oil Seal is
damaged, their characteristics cannot be maintained. And thus dusts or
foreign matters may leak into the machine (Slide way, bearing), which
may lead into machine breakdown.
9. Conduct ordinary inspections in accordance with the Instruction Manual.

In case inspection is not performed, the life of the machine will be
shortened and the degree of precision will be deteriorated.
10. Do not connect electric devices for inspection of maintenance work

purpose to the power outlet attached to the Heavy Current Panel or
Operation Panel. Do not connect external electric device which is in
excess of allowable electric capacity to power outlet. If external electric
device which is in excess of allowable electric capacity is connected to the
power outlet, internal electric circuit breaker may be cut off. In case power
is cut off during the operation of the machine, it may cause serious
problem to the machine.
11. Clean Fixture and inside the machine after machining work. If Chips
are piled inside the machine for a long time, it may lead into machine
breakdown.
12. In order to open the Door of Heavy Current Panel, make sure that
Main switch is at Open Reset position. If the Main switch is at other
position, the Door will not be open. In such case, attempt to open the Door
compulsorily, the Main switch of the Heavy Current Panel will be damage.

I I HWRCHEcn
10. Consideration at the time of selection of Cutting Fluid
There are a variety of types of Cutting fluid available in the market.

HWACHEON does not specify the type of Cutting fluid to be used.
Choose a Cutting fluid suitable for the user's applications through
consulting the supplier, taking the following requirements into
consideration. When Cutting fluid was selected without considering the
following items, it may be harmful to workers as well as other persons
around the machine while damaging the performance of the machine as
well as the degree of precision of the machine.
1. Do not use flammable Cutting fluid. Heat generated by machining

process or from electric device might cause fire, which will lead to an
accident including machine breakdown or serious damage.
1. The Cutting fluid must be free of constituents with adverse effects on

human beings. Cutting fluids in the nature of having strong smell or
causing skin diseases will be harmful to worker as well as other persons
around the machine.
2. The Cutting fluid must not cause corrosion of the machine.
3. The Cutting fluid must not peel the coating off the machine.
4. The Cutting fluid must not cause swelling of chemical parts.

(This causes machine breakdown)
5. In case water soluble Cutting fluid is injected, mix the Cutting fluid with
water before injection. Do not inject only water. In case only water is
injected to Cutting fluid tank, it will cause the corrosion of the machine.
6. Make sure that Cutting fluid is mixed with water based on the density
specified by the supplier before injection. When the Cutting fluid with
inappropriate density is used, productivity will be deteriorated and the
Workpieces will be corroded, and at the same time the machine will be
damaged while the degree of precision of the machine will be adversely
affected.
7. Do not use the Cutting fluid which has electricity conduction rate close
to that of metal or has very low electricity conduction rate. In case such
Cutting fluids are used, Touch Sensor, which uses the characteristics of
the electricity conduction rate of the Tools in the Spindle and the
Workpieces, may not operate, and it may lead to machine breakdown and
the deterioration of the degree of precision for machining.
1. The Cutting fluid must not deteriorate during storage.

When cooling performance and lubricating performance of the Cutting
fluid is deteriorated, it adversely affects the degree of the precision for
machining.
2. The Cutting fluid must not cause deterioration of accuracy.

I I HWRCHEDn
3. Do not use the Cutting fluid with high viscosity. When the Cutting fluid
with high viscosity is used, the required quantity of Cutting fluid cannot be
ejected and thus it may deteriorate the efficiency while adversely affecting
to the degree of precision for machining.
HWACHEON cannot be held responsible for any trouble arising from

the use of Cutting fluid.
11. Things to Note for the Operation of Special Equipment
11-1 Things to Note at the time of using Robot for Industrial use
1. The qualified worker who received the education and training as

specified in the pertinent regulation should be allowed to operate the
Robot.
2. Unqualified person should not be allowed to operate the Robot for
whatever reason including education or inspection reason.
3. All those who carry out works using Robots should have the required
qualification.
11-2 Things to Note at the time of using Crane for loading purpose
1. The crane for loading purpose to be used for the machine should have
the capacity of minimum 5 tons.
2. Only qualified persons should be allowed to operate the crane for
loading purpose.

I I HWRCHacn
12. DOOR WINDOW
1. DOOR and WINDOW are safety devices.
2. In case DOOR and WINDOW were replaced at the discretion of user

without our agreement, the user shall be responsible for it even within the
warranty period.
3. In case WINDOW is damaged due to bouncing of the Workpieces or

Tools through inappropriate operation, or WINDOW is scratched by Chips
and thus visibility became very poor, replace the WINDOW as soon as
possible.
4. Please note that once WINDOW got strong impact by something, its
safety cannot be guaranteed even though its appearance shows not
problem at all.
5. When replacing the WINDOW, contact HWACHEON and use the

WINDOW designated by HWACHEON only. HWACHEON will not be
liable to any problem that may occur from using the WINDOW which is not
designated by HWACHEON.
6. If the machine is operated where WINDOW was damaged, things such

as the Workpieces, Cutting Tools, Chips or Cutting fluid may be scattered
out of the WINDOW. If the WINDOW is scratched and normal visibility
becomes very poor, the state of the machine cannot be properly judged
during machining process or at the time of setting and therefore it may
lead into serious injury and machine breakdown.

I I HWRCHEcn
13. Nameplate for Warning
1. Nameplates for Warning have important issues recorded in them and

are attached to the machine at conspicuous places. As the nameplates
contain important issues, all workers should carefully read and be
familiarize with them. In case the items on the nameplates are not
complied with, it may lead into serious accidents.
2. Nameplates indicate Danger, Warning and Attention respectively which

are classified into depending on the seriousness of the situation:
<Danger> Urgent Accident Situation - The situation which may lead to serious injury
or death unless the instruction in the nameplate is not followed
<Warning> Potential Accident Situation - The situation which may lead to serious injury
or death unless the instruction in the nameplate is not followed.
<Caution> Potential Accident Situation - The situation which may lead into slight injury or
minor breakdown of machine unless the instruction in the nameplate is not
followed.
3. Keep the Nameplates clean so that all workers can read them easily.
Clean them immediately if the nameplates are found to be dirty.
4. Never remove the Nameplate in any event. If any Nameplate was fallen
apart, affix it immediately to its original place.
5. Do not affix other thing on the Nameplate for Warning or do not paste
on the Nameplate.
6. Make sure to replace the Nameplate with new one if a part of the
Nameplate for Warning is erased or the Nameplate became difficult to
read.
7. The language used for the Nameplate for Warning should be easily
understandable by workers. Consult with our Head Office about the
language to be used for the Nameplate ..
8. Apart from the Nameplate for Warning, various things to note by

workers at the time of the installation, operation and maintenance of the
machine are specified in the Instruction Manual. Workers are requested to
carefully read all the instruction related to "Things to Note" as well as
Nameplates for Warning. If workers are not familiarized with the contents
in the Note or Nameplate, it may cause serious injury to workers around
the machine and machine breakdown. Especially at the time of the
installation, operation and maintenance of the machine, all the worker
concerned are requested to be familiarized with the Notes and the
contents in the Nameplate.

I I HWRCHEDn
I
1. Machine Configuration
1-1 Basic Configuration
Basic configurations of T2-SERIES are categorized by specification as follows:
No. Name Description
Base sustains the load of whole machine, and Z1/Z2 shaft B shaft
1 BASE
are fixed. This enables to adjust the level of machine.
Main Spindle Unit clamps and rotates materials by grasping force of

MAIN SPINDLE Jaw using midair hydraulic Chuck and Cylinder or unclamps to
2
UNIT separate materials. At the time of Turn Mill processing, Main Spindle
Unit carries out C shaft splitting.
Z1-Sadddle sustains X1 CROSS SLIDE and performs feeding of Z1

3 Z1-SADDLE
for the feeding of 1 Turret to Z direction.
X1-Cross Slide performs feeding of X1 for the feeding of. REAR

4 X1-CROSS SLIDE TURRET to X direction. At the time of adding Y shaft, it plays the
role of Y shaft Saddle to sustain Y Cross Slide.
Rear Turret Unit enables to attach Tool or Tool Holder and rotates
REAR TURRET
5 Tool Stand automatically. And it can process milling of Drilling and
UNIT Tapping through Turn Mill Holder.
6 TAIL STOCK Tail Stock fixes the edge of materials by feeding B shaft.
Sub Spindle Unit clamps and rotates materials by grasping force of

Jaw using midair hydraulic Chuck and Cylinder or unclamps to
7 SUB SPINDLE UNIT separate materials. This performs feeding of B shaft and
synchronizes with main shaft. At the time of Turn Mill processing,
Main Spindle Unit carries out C shaft splitting.
Y-SADDLE &
8,9 Y-Saddle & Cross Slide performs feeding to Y direction.
CROSS SLIDE
Z2-SADDLE & Z2-Saddle & X2-Cross Slide performs feeding of X2/Z2 for the
10, 11 feeding of FRONT TURRET to XIZ direction.
X2-CROSS SLOE
Rear Turret Unit enables to attach Tool or Tool Holder and rotates
FRONT TURRET
12 Tool Stand automatically. And it can process milling of Drilling and
UNIT Tapping through Turn Mill Holder.
A. Machine Specification A1-1

I I HWRCHacn
1-1-1 T2-1TMC
1-1-2 T2-1TSMC
5
3
11
7

I I HWRCHacn
1-1-3 T2-1TYMC
1-1-2 T2-1 TYSMC

I
1-1-5 T2-2TMC
12
10,11
1-1-6 T2-2TSMC
2 5
12
10,11

I I HmRcHacn
1-1-5 T2-2TYMC
2
1-1-5 T2-2TYSMC
3
4
1 7

I I HRURcHaecn
1-2 Configuration of Shaft
Shaft Configuration of T2-SERIES is as follows:
Configuration of
Description
Shaft
Feeding of REAR TURRET UNIT to forward/backward direction (Radius
X1
direction of materia!}_
x Feeding of FRONT TURRET UNIT to forward/backward direction (Radius
X2
direction of material)
Feeding of REAR TURRET UNIT to righUleft direction (Shaft direction of
Z1
materia!2_
z
Z2 FRONT TURRET UNIT to righUleft direction (Shaft direction of material)
y Feeding to up/down direction on CHUCK CENTER basis
8 Feeding of TAIL STOCK or SUB SPINDLE to righUleft direction
c Split of MAIN or SUB SPINDLE by rotating angle

I
1-3 Configuration of Appearance
Appearance configuration of T2-SERIES is as follows:
Warning Light Door for Repair
Front Door
Door for Repair
Hydraulic Control Part
9
'<, ¥ D o o r Interlock Switch
_,-'_,/ -,
Cover for BAR

FEEDER Option
Door for Repair
Door for Hydraulic

unit Repair
Door or Air Panel &

Hydraulic Valve
Repair
Lubricating Pump
Heavy Current Panel
Door for Oil Cooler Repair

I I HWRCHacn
2. Specification
2-1 Machine Specification
T2 ( 1 TURRET)
Item Unit
1TMC 1TSMC 1TYMC 1TYSMC
Swing on Bed mm 0450
Max. Machining Dia. mm 0380

Standard Machining
mm 0230
Machine Dia.
Capacity Max, Machining Length mm 520
Max. Bar Machining
mm 065
Dia.
S1:8 S1:8
Chuck Size inch 8 8
S2:8 S2:8
S1:A2-6 S1:A2-6
Main Shaft Edge Shape ASA A2-6 A2-6
S2:A2-6 S2:A2-6
S1:5,000 S1:5,000
Max. RPM rpm 5,000 5,000
S2:5,000 S2:5,000
Main Shaft Penetration S1:076 S1:076
mm 076 076
Dia. S2:076 S2:076
Main
Shaft Draw Tube Inner Dia. mm 066
S1:0120 S1:0120
Main Bearing Inner Dia. mm 0120 0120
S2:0120 S2:0120
C Shaft Split deg 0.001

S1:15/11 S1:15/11
Main Shaft Motor kW 15/11 15/11
S2:15/11 S2:15/11
Tools on hand ea 12
Tool
Tool Size mm 025 x 040
Stand
Tool SplitTime (1side) sec 0.1
Fast Feeding Speed mfmin X:30/Z:30/B:30 X:30/Z:30/Y:15/B:30

Feeding
Max. Feeding Distance mm X:245/Z:520/B:590 X:245/Z:520/Y: 100(±50)/8:550
Field
Feed Motor kW X:3/Z:4/B:4 X:3/Z:4/Y: 1.6/B:4
Tailstock Spindle Dia. mm 080 - 080 -

Tailstock
Tailstock Spindle Taper MT #5 - #5 -
Main Shaft Motor kW 7.515.5

Turn Mill
Max. RPM rpm 6,000
Slideway Oil f 4
Tank Hydraulic Pressure f 60

Capacity 73
Spindle Cooling Oil f
Coolant f 260
Power Power kVA 50 75 50 75
Machine Height mm 2,100

Machine
Installation Space(LxW) mm 3,280x2, 180
Size
Machine Weight kgf 7,500 7,700 7,800 8,000
Number Control Unit(NC) FANUC

I I HWRcHacn
T2 (2 TURRET)
Item Unit
2TMC 2TSMC 2TYMC 2TYSMC
Swing on Bed mm 0450
Max. Machining Dia. mm 0380

Standard Machining
mm 0230
Machine Dia.
Capacity Max, Machining Length mm 520
Max. Bar Machining
mm 065
Dia.
81:8 81:8
Chuck Size inch 8 8
82:8
82:8
81:A2-6 81:A2-6
Main Shaft Edge Shape ASA A2-6
82:A2-6
A2-6
82:A2-6
81:5,000 81:5,000
Max. RPM rpm 5,000 5,000
82:5,000
82:5,000
Main Shaft Penetration 81:076 81:076
mm 076 076
Dia. 82:076 82:076
Main
Shaft Draw Tube Inner Dia. mm 066
81:0120 81:0120
Main Bearing Inner Dia. mm 0120
82:0120
0120
82:0120
C Shaft Split deg 0.001
81:15/11 81:15/11
Main Shaft Motor kW 15/11
82:15/11
15/11
82:15/11
Tools on hand ea 12+12
Tool
Tool Size mm 025 x040
Stand
Tool SplitTime (1side) sec 0.1
Fast Feeding Speed m/min X1 :30/X2:30/Z:30/B:30 X1 :30/X2:30/Z:30/Y:15/B:30
Feeding X1 :245/X2:210/Z1 :520/Z2:520

Field Max. Feeding Distance mm X1 :245/X2:21 O/Z1 :520/Z2:520/B590
/Y100(±50)/B550
Feed Motor kW X1 :3/X2:3/Z1 :4/Z2:4/B4 X1 :3/X2:3/Z1 :4/Z2:4/Y1 .6/B4
Tailstock Spindle Dia. mm 080 - 080 -

Tailstock
Tailstock Spindle Taper MT #5 - #5 -
Main Shaft Motor kW 7.515.5

Turn Mill
Max. RPM rpm 6,000
Slideway Oil f 4
Tank Hydraulic Pressure f 60

Capacity
Spindle Cooling Oil f 73
Coolant f 260
Power Power kVA 65 85 65 85
Machine Height mm 2,100

Machine
Installation Space(LxW) mm 3,280x2, 180
Size
Machine Weight kgf 8,800 9,000 9,100 9,500
Number Control Unit (NC) FANUC

I I HWRCHean
2-2 Peripheral Device Specification
2-2-1 Oil Cooler
Vendor DAIKIN KOREA
AKZ 568 (Temperature Control synchronized with

Vendor Specification
Room Temperature)
Cooling Capacity 5.015.6 kW, 50/60 Hz
Cooling Compressor 1.5 kW (2 HP)
Pump Motor 0.75 kW x 4P
Pump Discharge Volume 30/36 f/min, 50/60 Hz
Power Supply 3 phase 200/200·220V, 50/60 Hz
Tank Capacity 73 t
Oil to be used ISO VG10 (Refer to Hwacheon Oil Spec. Table)
2-2-2 Hydraulic Pump Unit
Vendor YUKEN (SET : Gabo Hydraulic & Pneumatic)
Vendor Specification AR22-F-R-01-
Pump Motor 3.7kWx4P
Max. Flow of Pump 39 f/min (1,800 RPM)
Nominal Pump Flow 25 f/min (1,800 RPM)
Max. Pump Pressure 55 kgf/cm 2 (at 25LPM)
Nominal Pump Pressure 40 kgf/cm 2 (at 25 LPM)

-
Power Supply--~ phase 220V

---1
Tank Capacity . 60 f
I .. ~
T
Oil to be used__ __l_ISO VG32 (Refer to Hwacheon Oil Spec. Table)
·--j

I I HWRcHaan
2-2-3 Lubricating Pump
Vendor Hansung Precision Co., Ltd.
Vendor Specification HMGP303S-T04-FP-220 (Quantitative Oil Feeding type)
Pump Motor 0.057 kW (57W)
Pump Discharge Volume 150 cc/min
Pump Discharge Pressure 17 kgf/cm 2
Power Supply 200/220V. 50/60Hz
Tank Capacity 4f
Oil to be used ISO VG68 (Refer to Hwacheon Oil Spec. Table)
2-2-4 Cutting Fluid Pump & Tank
Vendor A-Ryung Machinery Ind. Co., Ltd.
Vendor Specification ACP-400HF18
Pump Motor 0.4 kW
Pump Full Lift 10 m (50Hz), 15m (60Hz)
Pump Discharge Volume 40 f/min
Power Supply 200/380/415V (50Hz), 220/380/440V (60Hz)
Tank Capacity 260 f

I I HWRCHaan
2-2-5 Hydraulic Chuck
Vendor Seoam Machinery Ind. Co., Ltd.
Vendor Specification CGHA-08
Cylinder Type YGH-08 CA
Plunger Stroke 18mm
Jaw Stroke (Dia.) Max. 7.64 mm (Commercial use 3.82 mm)
Grasp Dia. Max. 210 mm I Min. 11 mm
Hydraulic Pressure used Max. 22 kgf/cm 2 (YGH-08 CA basis)
Allowable Cylinder Force 3,900 kgf
CLAMPING FORCE 9,176kgf
RPM used Max. 4,600 RPM
Moment of Inertia (GD2 ) 0.57 kgf.m 2
2-2-6 Hydraulic Chuck Cylinder
Vendor Seoam Machinery Ind. Co., Ltd.
Vendor Specification YSGH-08 CA
Cylinder Inner Dia. 170 mm

f---
Piston Stroke 25mm
Piston Size Push side 179.6 cm 2 Pull side 166.2 cm 2
Cylinder Thrust Push side 6,888 kgf Pull side 6,374 kgf
Hydraulic Pressure used Max. 40.8 kgf/cm 2
RPM used Max. 5,600 RPM
Moment of Inertia (GD 2 ) 0.067 kgf.m 2
4Vmin
Total Drain Volume Hydraulic Pressure: 3.0 Mpa Oil temp. : 50 °C (Exit)
L__ RPM: Max. RPM used Viscosity: Equiv. To ISO VG32

I I HWRCHean
2-3 Standard Accessories Specification
Shaft Feed Device X/ZJB/C Shaft Feeding Field YMC, YSMC: +Y Shaft
Control Unit Operating Panel & Heavy Current Panel, Equipment Controller
Main Shaft Unit BUilT-IN TYPE
Hydraulic Chuck & Cylinder 8" Hydraulic Midair Chuck & Cylinder 1 set SMC : +8" 1 set
Soft Jaw 1 set
TURRET Unit 12 angle BMT65 MILL TURRET 2 TURRET: +12 angle
TOOLING System Sleeve & Socket, Tool Holder 1 set 2 TURRET: +1 set
Slideway Automatic
1 set (Assembly type)
Lubricating Device
Main Shaft Head Cooling
1 set (Assembly type)
Device
Hydraulic Device 1 set (Assembly type)
Cutting Fluid Supply Device Cutting Fluid Tank, Cutting Fluid Pump 1EA SMC: Pump +1EA
Foothold Switch 1 set
Equipment Wiring & Piping Cable & Hose piping, Caplex Set
Full Cover Set Slide Cover, Inner & outer Cover, Door Set (Door Interlock)
Work Light & Warning Light Work Light 1EA, 2 color Warning Light
MPG HANDLE 1EA MPG HANDLE
Handling Instruction &

Handling Instruction, Electric circuit Diagram, NC Handling/Repair/Parameter
others
Standard Tool Box 1 set
Level Block & Basic Parts 1 set
AIR BLOW SMC : Standard, MC : Optional

I

I
2-4 Optional Parts Specification
Lift Up Chip Conveyor

APRON TYPE
Device
Bar Automatic Supply
1 set
Device
MIST COLLECTOR 1 set
High Pressure Cutting Fluid

70 bar
Device
Cutting Fluid Gun 1 set
Hydraulic Heater 1 set
Chuck Pressure Check

1 set
Switch
Hard Jaw 1 set
U Drill Holder 1 set
AXIAL Turn Mill Holder 1 set
RADIAL Turn Mill Holder 1 set
Tool Automatic Calibration

TOOL PRESETIER (AUTO)
Device
MPG HANDLE 3EA MPG HANDLE
Warning Light 3 color Warning Light

I
3. Major Dimension Diagram
3-1 Plane Figure
--rl
811
~~~~~~~====_ - _ _l
-------------- 0
0
"\t'"
T'""'i
ii
:- - - ----~---------
3100
'
________________]_?§0 ----- --------------~

I I HmRcH:cn
3-2 Front View
3100
r
1/
!1
ii
~ll
------~j I
I
LI) I
I!'I
NI
\.0'
I -
11
:II' ---- ------------~ -t o I

II I
I
SI
N
I \.0 I II
(V)
.Jil ----------- -------------- -_J ;::: I i

~-----------------
I I
--! -- -- Lfl. I I
=--==-ccc===~'-J--~:~ _~__ _l __l

I I HmRcH:cn
3-3 Profile
SPINDLE CENTER
f
1 i
( '\ 0
CJ)
00
N
0
\ I T"'"'I
N
N

I I HlllRCHacn
3-4 Main Shaft related Dimension Diagram
r-- -- ___<!:>1§1,5_
I - _(j)!B._OSlL ___
, I
l\
I
I \- r_(j)_1Q6.37~ ___
I
-c IM!Z
~I
<!:>19.0Skj',,~+--- --~
/1,
_ -~. '\
i--,--1
--l
--+' , I , __l I
MS Jl !
•~lQ_~ -~-
IJ)I
.-.I
\
f
,.....,
I
I
\D
N!
l
I I <1:>120 :
I
IL. 1----- ,-----,-- '

, i , ! I
i ;_____ --------~---- - ____ j_ - +- - i
( ~----<!l79 - ~ :
H-=--"'1°''=~
t--1- _cpm_iJ)_,
_!
I
l
----L __ ,_
-i_l-
I ,
--~11;.5=-= 1-
------c--- -
: I <!:>~6
! 1------,-
r--+---
1
' I
-----
<!:>113
'
I '
l, I i-- -t- ---- -

<!:>102
--------
-- i,
' I
I I
M100xP2_ +__j
-,I
'1 1•
I_~
<!:>78
lJ)
"
L _ <ll}B.174 __ J
',~- - __IV1_2_0)(_f'~ -~

I I HWRCHacn
3-4-2 Main Shaft & Cylinder Dimension Diagram
///[1
! I
~/
w
! I
t:O
::::> ;I lI
I-
~
0
(J'\
........
0
........
_J
........
N
i

I I HmRcHacn
3-5 CHUCK Dimension Diagram
95
LI)
.-I
I
N
:c
~ ~1
.......
0...
z
0
.......
~
er:: ......
w N
Vl LI') -\-~ ---c-- - __ J
rl
o_
x
'<:)""
!----
I'-
~ P.C.D 133.4
i-
<D170
<D210

(,.:.)
I
a>
(')
:c
c
(')
2-M12xp1.0
MAX:46
MIN:21 155
MIN:O
MAX:25
"r--<
(')
2.5 152.5 -z
12.7 105.2 c
88 88 7 I m
76 / 12-MlO TAP DP20 :::c
c
-·
3
CD
'?> M76xpl.5 :l
(/)
35: 2x2-PT1/2
S» 0
(')
::r :l
:::J c
[e (Q-·
<t> -0
CJ)
"C -.-1
e
>-'
00 D>
N
<t> °'
0 ~
\.0 0 D1
(') 0
3
-
::;;
-
c:;· I:
L@-:
S»
()" i
I~ Ol
~
L_,
:::J
I \.0
11
'-I
'
I
1
-
.
1
1'JCE' ' I
' ''--• /._ I
'i
I'
5.. 4.l-!
1 I
,_:; i i['
:,_' -
r,r,xT
- 1 I
I
1~~
II\ ·
·-' 11,... 1 I
Ii II
I!
D
FL3
I
fW-11 l~JJ _10?:~ -

n
I
)>
(,,.)
I CJ:>34
-------- I ~3j Ill
CJ
I
...... :J
I I HWRCHacn
3-7 JAW Dimension Diagram
3-7-1 SOFT JAW (SJ-0881)
1 {~~l£~~e~~l m
1--F 1~1. H___i
, A -------~
-----1
ulI
I
:~~=~- ___ l
1
N .,....!:
:...._. _____
1
Serration 1.5 x 60° G 25
A 95 H 46
8 38 J 20
I
c 38 K 14
-
D 13 L 23
E 5 I M 12
----I
F
l 24
------~ _ _ _ _ _ l _ _ _
N 20
I
A. Machine Specification AJ-8

I I HmRcHacn
3-7-2 HA RD JAW (HJ-0881)
·-
-,
~~ '- ;:t:;\_({I:,
\
l I
T\t~fi ~ ~ z CO!
o
\ y' '~
· - ----t
~-----r-
, ,~
I , -- ,
I
G G
~----:
I I
I
II
r ---
i.. A
F H--r--['.'1_-···--i
f
~--
~~1~-M
____ 1,-;-1-- i I - l
' I
I
:~
....J - - (-,- : :
1---,-- (' J'
~--_JI u
_J
- t ' I
___L_(
I
! i
I
1
w
L,_
-'
l
'
-·· -
t I
K Lo:
I
--1
I
Serration 1.5 x 60° H 22
A 87
-t---J 19 I
I
B 35 K 13
c 51 L • 12
D 14 M 37.5
I
E 5 N I
I
12 I
i
----t- ~I
F 27.5 0 I 12
- -- t
G 25

I I HWRcHacn
3-8 Tool Interference Dimension Diagram ~
,~
,,----- -
l
e1
- '
~
Q)'
CY)
I 0
0
/~~
©40(1.6)
59~,
·.
'.
~I
1-
w J<~· / \~~~'fl!-~~
a:
a:
::::>
I-
I- (f)
z x
<(I
(\JI
0 x
a: I
CY)
LL CX)
f'-
cril
O!
C\.J!
1-
w
a:
a:
::::>
f-
a:
<(
w
a:

I I HWRCHecn
3-9 Tool Feed Dimension Diagram
3-9-1 O.D TOOL TRAVEL
,_ --+--I
~----- ----
565(22)
--T-1-1·=r-1-~==---
530(20)
~~_____s
210(8)-X2 Axis tr1
"'
U)
0
c
"'
'5
c
'(i
U)
c
"'"'
~
"'
.n
"'c
()
~
0
I
~
"'
;n
<O
a'.)
+-------- ---- ---

----r---------~--~-
~I'
O[
(;Ji
:!I
_J 5jQ.58) I
w
~
0:::
I
I
1-
_J
0
0
l-
o
0

I I HWRcHacn
3-9-2 FACE TOOL TRAVEL
~I
_J
w
>
<{
0:::
I-
_J
0
0
I-
w
0 -------'-r{
<{
LL ,-,-T
:_ 11

wI
868(34) (Distance between spindle nose) CD
ID TOOL TRAVEL \3_L(lli) ··f-- ~-r _______ _§_?O(?_Q)~l~~~~~el ~-~~-~- ~-2~-~(j_Q;~---1 w
I
Ii--- · c
~
Ii
I . ---IT 0
!. II I 11
,
0
r-
~2'261-_..L.._ l- 239(9,4:1~-~ I II
Ii I : '' ~
.,,'" :::0
)>
'-"
'°
12' <
m
-~ I
r-
)>
x
v;· '
---< I
o; I
<
~ liJl
'-"
~ /-cover line
r;o
.i:s
3i: - ---··-- - ---
A>
(")
r
::r ,.2.
0
:;:, ~
(D
en
"Cl
(D
(")
:!!
-
(")
A> '-"
!:t. w
0
0 r;o
:;:, 0
II
-~----~L-
.;,~·--4----5=9Qi2_~j[ StocJi.Ir_~'@l _LJ

_
-
I
e
D
i.-==L.-f+---l+---=-55"-'0~("'-2~1._~) Spindle2 Travel J n
_1_0(0.4) I
)> Ill
w 2_51_(!QL
_,.
I Cl
w :1
I I HWRCHecn
3-9-4 STRAIGHT MILLING TOOL TRAVEL (X-AXIS)
r----------=56=5(=22~)- -
1 a;
"'
a;
:":
<ii
<ii >
m
> m
.:::: .:::: <ii
N >
-"'
u
0 "'
15 ~
c
w ·o. ·x"'
m
:m
.....
(/)
~I
230(9) <()
cry !'::!1
~,
N
0()) 0
N
0N
"'
"'
.....J
w
>
~
1-
.....J
0
0
I-
(')
z
.....J
.....J
~
I- --..
ICl)
-
(.')
-X
<( <(
~·
I-~
Cl)

(..)
ANGULAR MILLING TOOL TRAVEL I
c.o
I
(Z -AXIS) , --~138(}~stan£O_between spindl§_ng~e) c.n
)>
5Q_(~ 520(20j_) l_Zc~s trav§l/_ z
G)
c
r-
)>
::0
3:
14,_3(05§)_ L r-
ii c:
z
~ 11 --- - --- -------
G)
'/>
i; 12(042itr
11 ""'"
-t
0
0
r-
-t
3: ::0
A> ~ I "'"""" )>
-~ ~~~~ver~~ne
11
IN
(')
::r - I _ i~ <
m
::I
(!)
CJ) -
r-
NI
~
"C
(!)
(')
c;;
3i
-
-
(')
A>
o·
::::s ""
£"'
N
-
II
0
I~
'~"' Fl 590(23) Tail Stock Travel

I
-=
I
D
f=------~I _______ _JI 153(6) 550(21,§l_SpindleZ Travel
n
)>
I
(..)
HI
I
...:.. Cl
c.n :I
I I HWRcHacn
3-9-6 STRAIGHT MILLING TOOL TRAVEL (Y-AXIS)
\\ \
11 \
73(2.9)
3-9-7 ANGULAR MILLING TOOL TRAVEL (Y-AXIS)
~I
0
l{)

I
3-10 Tool Holder Dimension Diagram
3-10-1 OD Holder Dimension Diagram
i----------r- """,1-
73
1
11.5
l_i--~h
! I i
MlOxPl.O TAP I I
01
r--'
II
;------~-----------
I
I
I
-t
°'I
M1
'
_L
68
1---------'
12.5
,I I
------y-----t---
i I
,- :--1--------- -1------- --------,

i I
~1 I I I i
1
'<!'": i
'
ff~
\
'----1
I
' lI)
r--'
[
1
\\ I I
:____ _ '
I
r'c-·-----d-1
I
\.
\
--f L_________
I
i I \ lI) I
1
26 i \ I
1----: \
\. 2-M6 BOLT HOLE

I I HWRCHacn
3-10-2 FACE Holder Dimension Diagram
~Jgl ~~I '.1 ,
' '.1 I I~
I ; 4-M12 BOLT HOLE
I I ' R §I
~
' /t-" I
l\'..flI --t
Ii(t';\
[·~ti ___ j __L_J~-1_1

( (T ' I
: i
11~~-L-l __73 I
-+ 11.5
23 50 23 42 / 2-M6 BOLT HOLE
~~=-i~~~1~1
----t--~1-1
:--!
'
I
I_ - ._
I
~1-r----1
I
I
I
----r H - -
; po
I /
I' Lnl\
°'
i ~,
MlOxPl.O T A P / / I tJ;
I
c ______ I __J __ j l -----
-- - -1
l _E__1l_39 J
1
191
--+--L
lf)
c---~-------------;
96 I

I I HWRCH:cn
3-10-3 BORING BAR Holder Dimension Diagram
47
NI
r
(Y') I
15
,--
35 35 _.;
+------t---~
I
i
l __-r-Q-
I
1
\
-¢- -$- -----_________ j
\
'
"\
\~6-MlO TAP
0
0
T-1
,__
/
M6 TAP
I .
:------- -L_____J==~==-~ ~~~-~=-+ - _l
' II II I •
r--
'
I' - - -
38- -----f--------1--------1
1
18 i 38 I lJ") •
i 94 i
----------- -------- --------;
r 4-M12 BOLT HOLE
1- ---------i·/-------;- ----1I
,__ L_ ------.-~--.------,------ t1---~
I
1
r;::; tf Mi i
!
,I
/1
I'
:;>j +t+
-V
1-- -=1.'
,
. I
lJ")
0
T-1
i
1
rT'+ [___ -- -l
+/ JI
~------
·.'
L ___ I --
Ni
--- t-
,....;:
10.5 j _L __ ___73 I
____.!----
10.5

I I HWRCH5cn
3-10-4 LI-DRILL Holder Dimension Diagram
1--------1
I I ~
47
I /~~-+-----~
<::'.)
J-1-'
r-1
'i
25
!'
---t - -
~Li ~-+---------
-t----<rt
- , ----'\---
I ~ I \ 2CM10 TAP
I I §I ~
c-
i
J - -I I
I
I
I
.Ii
I
ll_ ____I ~ ___ __J_J I
I i '
~_]8 .1~8.1. 38 JI ~t
~-----·
94

I I HmRcH:cn
3-10-5 RADIAL DRIVEN Holder Dimension Diagram
F
I
1----------
I
--------------J-J
'
----,
f- 1--r------ ---
.-~1--1------ -~--------~:
\.0:
~1
I
I 1--- . --------1r----r-nr------
·:
r rr
I I i r-----c;--7 I
t;i
1 ;
f :-_ - : - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - · 1 · ~--_wx~ 1
~
i
L_t _
___.. - "
_l-_ - ~ - - - - __-:_ ~ --~ ~ =-::_--::__:-_-_-~ J-;~
~/~~
!
I - - _J- - - - - - -- - -f=-~ ----- --rPSh------~-----

I
~ l---- I ~r I _J I
~ ~ f=-,-.:___:I
____1jj-Ltu
CO ( I I
~ ~ 1_J
/
~
I
~
LiJ
L_' __j_Max. ©20
243
- - - - --·-~----- - --~---------·- _________i
L
--~=-=---
L_

I I HWRCHacn
3-10-6 AXIAL DRIVEN Holder Dimension Diagram
10
N
M
0
M'
L,~.-~~_J
,r"'----+-____J~
. ~. I
'LDj___~' f~~I
_j
!
---------1r~--
1 ' .
w
_J
I
0
I
~
0
co
N
.--!
LI
""""
lI • i 1 Max. <!>20

I I HWRCHEcn
3-10-7 Tool Holder Attaching Dimension Diagram
70
t-···· ---1 : I ,
i 18 ! I i
, I
t--

I I HWRCHacn
3-11 Chip Conveyor related Dimension Diagram (Optional)
4011
3280 ----- - - - - - - - - - - - - ---- ________,
:1
, --
--~--
--~----J
------~r
~;
-·
1
- s
~
"
ii
,--- -__ --+ ~i
I~
"
--- ---+---- o I
M
Ni
r-11
co~
r--.
_____L _I_

I I HWRCHacn
4. Tool Arrangement (TOOLING)

In order to attach Cutting Tool to TURRET, Tool Holder, Sleeve, Socket
set and COLLET set (TURN MILL Holder) are necessary and all the items
are included at the time of shipping of the machine.
Configuration of Tool Holder of T2-SERIES is as follows:
Arrangement of Tool is only for reference, and Tools should be arranged

and attached appropriately referring to respective Holders' Specifications
& Tool related dimension.
~'
E ) ~~·~-~1
i,...______/
[ ]: inch
: I
Item Part No. Part Name Q'ty Remarks I
A 21 L4301 [21 L4301A] OD HOLDER 4 Standard
--+-- I
B 21L4303[21L4303A] BORING BAR HOLDER 3 [Standard I

-i----------l---
; '
c 21L4304[21L4304A] FACE HOLDER 1 ! Standard!
~~~
-~
-----i
D 21L4309 RADIAL DRIVEN HOLDER 1 i Standard
--- -----
'
E SC4228 AXIAL DRIVEN HOLDER 2 'Standard
------.------- - -· - --~----- ---~- -------
F 21L4310[21L4310A] U-DRILL HOLDER I 1 Optional i

_ _ _ _ _ L_ ______ ~·~-------- - - '
* In the case of 2-TURRET: Quantity x 2

4-1 OD HOLDER
This can be used by attaching 025 bite for Out-diameter & Cross Section
Cutting. Bite should be fixed using CLAMPING BLOCK.
0167305 NOZZLE
(MlOxPl.O)
4-2 FACE HOLDER

This can be used by attaching 025 bite for Out-diameter & Face Cutting.
Bite should be fixed using CLAMPING BLOCK.
0167305 NOZZLE H506025 H.S.H BOLT

(MlOxPl.O) (M6x25)

I I HWRCHecn
4-3 BORING BAR HOLDER

This is a Holder with inner diameter of 040 on which Boring Bar can be
attached. 040 Boring Bar can be directly attached, and Boring Bar with
small out-diameter can be attached as well using MT Drill Socket or
Boring Bar Sleeve.
394310 NOZZLE
5306010 MACHINE SCREW
(M6x10)
BORING BAR BORING BAR SLEEVE mm inch
012 [1/2"] 214305 214330
~~)
~\
-c=
(~~:~ ~-) I
016 [5/8"]
020 [3/4"]
025 [1"]
214306
214307
214308
214331
214332
214333
032 [1 1/4"] 214309 214334
MT DRILL DRILL SOCKET mm inch
~-----.
MT#1 214310 214335
!~~ -~1
-~;;::i ((~~~,- MT#2 214311 214336
f~:Y--- )
\\ ~
__,;--" ':_p-
MT#3 214312 214337

I I HWRCHacn
4-4 TURN MILL HOLDER

TURN MILL Holder is a Holder for Milling and it for Drill, End Mill and Tap
works using Collet Set. For machining of TURN MILL, C-AXIS index
should be possible.
21L4309 SC4228
RADIAL DRIVEN HOLDER AXIAL DRIVEN HOLDER
COLLET SET (ER32) mm inch
03 014363203 01/8 SC4287

----:-cc
04 014363204 03/16 SC4288
(! ~:c,? 05 014363205 01/4 SC4290
--~ ~/ ~
~/ 06 014363206 05/16 SC4292
07 014363207 03/8 SC4293
08 014363208 07/16 SC4295
--
09 014363209 01/2 SC4296
010 014363210 011/16 SC4301
ENDMILL
011 014363211
/
012 014363212
013 014363213
DRILL
014 014363214
015 014363215
REAMER 016 014363216

017 014363217
_-9
j
018 014363218
CENTER DRILL 019 014363219
020 014363220

I I HWRCHacn
4-5 U-DRILL HOLDER (Optional)

This is a Holder with inner diameter of 040 which enables to attach
U-DRILL, and 040 U-DRILL can be attached directly. U-Drill with small
out-diameter can be attached as well using U-Drill Sleeve.
Dl 78101 H.S PLUG,

(PTl/8)
,/--
U-DRILL U-DRILL SLEEVE mm inch
020 [3/4"] 214313 214338

~)
~/
~
- i\ 025 [1 "] 214314 214339
032 [1 1/4"] 214315 214340

I I HmRcHacn
4-6 Things to Note at the time of attaching TOOL HOLDER

1) Make sure right and left balance is maintained when attaching Holder
to Turret before attaching it.
2) Always use the designated Tool to securely attach Tool fastening .Bolt
and Tool Holder.
3) When disassembling Tool holder and Cutting Tool Bolt, the Bolt should
be gradually disassembled and put steps safely while working.
4) Do not fasten Bolt too tight.
5) When fastening Bolt, make sure Chip is completely removed before

fastening Bolt.
6) In case there is any scratch on the side to which Holder or Tool should
be attached, remove the scratch using grindstone.
4-7 Things to Note at the time of attaching TURN MILL HOLDER

In order to be able to use Turn Mill Holder in optimum condition for long
period of time, make sure the following items are adhered to:
1) Handle part of Holder should be maintained clean before it is inserted

into inside, which will be good to be able to use the Holder and Tool Stand
for long period of time with good condition.
2) If Bolt to be fixed to Tool Stand is fastened with more than a certain

force, damage and noise will be caused. Refer to the following table when
fastening:
Tool Size Fastening Bolt Fastening Torque
BMT65 M12 60N.m
3) In order to prevent the inflow of Cutting Fluid inside the Tool Stand,
make sure to assemble 0-RING before attaching it.

I I HWRCHacn
5. Main Shaft Output & Torque
5-1 Main Shaft Output & Torque (MAIN/SUB SPINDLE)
MAIN/SUB SPINDLE Low Speed Area High Speed Area
Cont. 11 kW 11 kW
Output
, 20min. 15kW 15 kW
Cont. 233 N·m 131 N·m

Torque
J20min. 318 N·m 179 N·m
SPINDLE SPEED & POWER-TORQUE DIAGRAM
179N*m 318N*m 233N*m

18.2Kgf*m 32.4Kgf*m 23.8Kgf*m
(15KW 20min) (15KW 20min) (llKW CONT)
131N*m
13.3Kgf*m llKW 15KW 15KW llKW
(llKW CONT) (CONT) (20min) (20min) (CONT)
----1
:300 TORQUE
!200 [N*m]
II [Kgf*m]
.100
5 I so
1 . 10
I
0.2
0 0 0 0 0 0
0 U") 0 0 0 0
,....; "\!'" 00 0 0 0
.--! "\!'" l..O
SPINDLE SPEED [min-1 (rpm)]

I I HmRcHecn
5-2 Main Shaft Output & Torque (TURN MILL SPINDLE)
TURN-MILL SPINDLE Low Speed Area High Speed Area
Cont. 5.5kW 5.5kW

Output
30min. 7.5kW 7.5kW
Cont. 44 N·m 8.8 N·m

Torque
30min. 60 N·m 12 N·m
SPINDLE SPEED & POWER-TORQUE DIAGRAM
POWER 1------- ------------------------ TORQUE

[kW] I [N.m]
~6_0_'!~ -~~ t
'I ~~~~-:~~-i~.t
·' '
I\
I \.
'
I
\
\
'' ' '
10 I
I
:
l
I
',<::'---
' ' ...
......... ... ... ,
I ' '·---~------- 12Nm 52 30min

al- --s.-s"Nrri-s1coiif~--- k .
. 7.5kW 53 25%
75 52 30
- - - - - -- -- - - - -- ~-- :::,:::; __ - -- ~~~ .l
4
-------~3.5
I I
6 /- : 5.SkW 51 Cont 5.SkW 51 Cont 0

I
41-
-·--- ------· -- - --~---- -
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
N 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
,.-i N (Y) ~ Lrl \!) 0 Lrl
,.-i ,.-i

I I HWRCHecn
6. NC Specification {FANUC) (S: Standard, 0: Option)
FANUC
Item Specification
18i-TB
Controlled axis 2-axis s
Controlled Controllable axis expansion 4-axis (MC, SMC, S Type spec) 0
Axis
Simultaneous Controllable
2-axis I 4-axis S/O
axis/E~ansion
Least input increment 0.001mm I 0.0001" s

Input Axis name X.Z I U.W s
Operation Decimal Point input Available s
Inch/Metric Conversion G20, G21 s
Positioning GOO s
Linear Interpolation G01 s
Interpolation
Circular Interpolation G02,G03 s
Dwell (Per ser) G04 s
Feed per min./Feed per
RPM
G98 /G99 s
0.001 I 0.01 I 0.1 mm
Minimum increment of MPG
(0.0001" I 0.001" I 0.01 ")
s
Feed
Function Rapid traverse override FO, F25,F50, F100 s
Feedrate override 0-150 % s
Jog override 0-1260 mm/min s
640m
Part program storage length
(240KB)
Number of Program
200EA
R~stration
Program Program Editing Delete, Insert, Change s
Storage/Edit
Program No. Search Search 0 number s
Sequence No. Search Search N number s
Absolute/Increment
_QrOJ¥ammi'!.9_
Possible to use together within Block s
Zero Point Return Check G27 s
Automatic Zero Return G28 s
Coordinate System Setting G50 s
Coordinate Tool Offset Memory 32 Pairs
System
Tool geometric & wear offset s
Tool Edge Radius
Com_Qensation
s
Work Coordinate System
Setti~
G54-G59 s
Operation
Machine lock, Single block, Dry run,
Support Support Function Switch
Optional stop, Auto restart, Block skip
s
Function
Data Input/Output Interface RS232C s

Input/output Memory Card Interface s
A. Machine Specification AS-1

I I HWRCH::cn
Embedded Ethernet
Ethernet
interface
s
Spindle Function Command is S followed by 4digits s
S/T/M Constant surface speed G96,G97 s
Function Tool Function Command is T followed by 4digits s
Miscellaneous Function Command is M followed by 3digits s
Single canned cycle G90, G92, G94 s
Multiple repetitive cycle G70-G76 s
Custom macro B s
Program
Program Data Input G10 s
Direct drawing dimension
Support
_Qre>grammif'!9_
s
Function
Chamfering/Corner "R" s
Run hour display s
Stop after return first program line when
Threading react
machine was stop by reset
s
CRT Screen 9" mono CRT -
LCD Screen 10.4" color LCD s
Display Graphic display s
Korean/English/German/Italian/Spanish/
Display Language
Portuguese
s
Self-diagnostic Function s
Store stroke limit Soft O.T s
Main spindle orientation s
Safety/
Maintenance
Background Editing s
Alarm History Display s
Clock Function s
Help Function s
LCD Screen 10.4" color LCD -
Part Program Storage
1280m (490kB), 2560m (980kB) 0
Lef!9_th
Number of Program
400, 1000 EA 0
R~istration
Optional Tool Offset Memory 64, 99, 400, 999 Pairs 0

Specificatio
Tool Life Management 0
n
Multiple repetitive cycle II 0
Conversation type Automatic Manual guide i 0

Program Manual guide Oi -
Rigid tapping 0
A. Machine Specification AS-2

I I HWRCH:cn
rn~::::::
D anxD •
OD ~~~Im
0

I I HWRCH:cn
1. Transportation
- Make sure to carry the main part of the machine in accordance with the
contents specified on this Manual.
- Be particularly careful for impact while moving the machine or carrying
the machine.
1-1 Preparation for Machine Transportation
The preparation for the transportation of the main body of the machine
has to be made in the following sequence.
1) Refer to the following Diagram to fix each of the axes.
- Make sure to fit the spring washer and the plain washer to join. If not, the
bolts may be loosened by the vibration and impact during the
transportation.
<T2-2TYSMC Standard>
B. Transportation and Installation 81-1

I I HWRcHacn
Category Shape Item Number Use
X1-axis
A 21L3051A
Fixed
0
Z1-axis
B 21L3050A
Fixed
X2 / Z2-axis
c 21L3519A
Fixed
8-axis
D 21L2510
Fixed
Y-axis
E 21L3052A
Fixed

I I HWRCHecn
2) Do not move the axes after securing each axis.
3) The cutting fluid tank is separated from the main body of the machine.
4) After turning off the power, remove the external wiring the piping from
the equipment.
5) Drain the oil and grease from each part for the safety and prevention of
oil leakage.
Hydraulic Unit
Lubrication pump
Oil Cooler

I I HWRCHecn
<Lubrication Pump>
Drain port I
<Hydraulic Unit>
Drain port
<Oil Cooler>
Drain port
6) Secure the operation panel, front and back and left and right doors.
21 L8224 DOOR BRACKET

4-H512025 H.S.H BOLT
(M12x25)
4-0125112 PLAIN WASHER
4-0126112 SPRING WASHER
[o jo] ~~~
~
~D
- Make sure to fit the spring washer and the plain washer to join. If not, the
bolts may be loosened by the vibration and impact during the
transportation.
7) The preparation to carry the machine is ready.

I I HIDRCH5Cln
1-2 Machine Transportation
1-2-1 Transportation in Using the Forklift
1) Make sure that the operation of the forklift has to be undertaken by the
operator with the holder of national qualification.
2) The load weight of the forklift is safe if it has two times or more of the
machine weight. [Machine weight: transportation-2TYSMC based 9,500
kg]
3) Provide the feet of the forklift to support 2/3 or more of the bottom of
the base frame for the machine, and if it is impossible, use the long jig.
4) Maintain the horizontal of the machine as much as possible and do not
lift the machine higher than necessary.
5) Make sure to check if the feet of the forklift is well supported before
lifting the machine, and make sure to check if the axes are appropriately
secured for the preparation of the transportation.
~~::::::
o:=~~.
0
Location of the feet for the forklift
D D
llZ30 D
<><><>1>•DceoeoDOC>oooeoc
OOOCSOOOOODODC-000000
M
OO<l.,OOI001>•000l>CD•ODD
• OOOQD•DO!>DOOCC-DOOOCQ
CllCOOD<>'"ODODODOOOOCD
ooocc><1Doooooocooooo11
"•see•e1teue19aceeee""
!!!!!l!!!!!lH!llll! ~
or more

I I HWRCHecn
2. Installation
2-1 Required Conditions in Machine Installation
2-1-1 Place of machine installation and surrounding environment
Category Required conditions Remark
Installation place Indoor (TemperatureO-resistance and humidity-resistance) Recommended
Available space for materials and tools

Available space Available space for maintenance and repairing Recommended
Available space for maneuvering and door space
I
Voltage: 200/220 VAC ± 10%
Electricity Frequency: 50/60 Hz ± 2% Required
Ground: Type 3 ground work (Ground resistance of 100 0)
Air pressure: 5-7 kg/cm' (external diameter ¢>12 nylon hose)

Air Air consumption volume: 690 NVmin Required
Size of filtered air particle: 0.005mm or below
Strain-resistance force: 8 ton/m'

Foundation Recommended
Foundation thickness: 740mm or more
Indoor temperature
In operation 10 - 40 ·c (optimal temperature: 20 ± 1°C) Recommended
In storage -10 - 60 ·c
Change in indoor
temperature
1 ·c or less per every 30 minutes Recommended
I
Indoor humidity 70% or less Recommended
Vibration None Required

i
I
!
Mechanical impact None Required
_L
Foreign substance No dust, powder, and other impure substance Required
~~:~~~~~I
Direct sun No direct exposure to the direct sun I Required
1
iI Illumination Sufficient illumination Recommended 1

IL__
8. Transportation and Installation 82-1

I I HWRCHecn
2-1-2 Mechanical and Electric Capacity
transportation-1 TM C Power capacity for 50 kVA
L Main Motor (MAIN) 15 kW

L Turn Mill Spindle Motor (1 TURRET) 7.5kW
L Servo Motor (X1+Z1+B) 3+4+4 kW
L Lubrication Motor 0.057 kW
L Oil Cooler Motor 1.5 kW
L Hydraulic Pump Motor 3.7kW
L Cutting Fluid Motor (MAIN) 0.4 kW
transportation-1 TY SMC Power capacity for 75 kVA
L Main Motor (MAIN+SUB) 15+15 kW

L Turn Mill Spindle Motor (1 TURRET) 7.5kW
L Servo Motor (X1+Z1+B+Y) 3+4+4+1.6 kW
L Hydraulic Pump Motor 3.7 kW
L Cutting Fluid Motor (MAIN+SUB) 0.4+0.4 kW
transportation-2TMC Power capacity for 65 kVA
L Main Motor (MAIN) 15 kW

L Turn Mill Spindle Motor (2 TURRET) 7.5+7.5 kW
L Servo Motor (X1+X2+Z1+Z2+B) 3+3+4+4+4 kW
L Hydraulic Pump Motor 3.7kW
L Cutting Fluid Motor (MAIN) 0.4 kW
transportation-2TYSMC Power capacity for 85 kVA
L Main Motor (MAIN+SUB) 15+15 kW

L Turn Mill Spindle Motor (2 TURRET) 7.5+7.5 kW
L Servo Motor (X1 +X2+Z1 +Z2+B+Y) 3+3+4+4+4+1.6 kW
L Hydraulic Pump Motor 3.7 kW
L Cutting Fluid Motor (MAIN+SUB) 0.4+0.4 kW

I I HWRCH:cn
2-2 Foundation
In order to sufficiently assert the accuracy and capability of machinery, it

requires the full attention to the foundation and installation place of the
machine. The installation place has have the sufficient endurance on the
weight of the machine and several requirements with its thickness and
inner pressure area for the need of installing on the flat concrete, and in
addition, it has to be installed in the place with less vibration, direct sun
and heat.
The foundation work has its preparation completed prior to carry the main
body of the machine to the installation place, and the specification
required in the foundation work and several technical matters are
specified on the Manual for your reference.
2-2-1 Notes on Foundation Work
1) Use the pebble to make the strain-resistance force of 8 Ton/ m'.
2) The concrete is used with the compression intensity of 180kg/cm' and

the tensile intensity of 18kg/cm' or more.
3) Do not have the crevice on the concrete.
4) Add the damper (dust proofing materials, such as, asphalt) all around
the area.
5) Insert the bar for steel framed concrete for ¢19 in the interval of
150mm each in lattice-shape.
6) On the inner wall of the hole for foundation bolt, it has the concaved
part to have the secondary concrete to be sufficiently close to the primary
concrete in installation of the machine.
7) While the hole for the foundation bolt is still hollow, the primary
concrete is laid down, and after the sufficient drying, it has the machine
with the installation of the foundation bolt, level block and other parts, and
then add the secondary concrete to secure.
8) The secondary concrete has to add the inflating agent for not having
dried contraction.
9) Apply the water-proof mortar on the surface and evenly phase it out.
10) When pouring the secondary concrete, make the even surface when
the concrete is fully solidified.

I I HWRCH:cn
2-3 Installation Map
2-3-1 Installation map for machinery

"'
100 1~3180
z Jf_
100
120
[.CLJ'
A A
71
60
54~ 625 650
675 1750
0130116 HEXAGON NUT -4EA

(M16)
21L6003 BOLT -10EA
0130124 NUT-10EA
21L6004 BLOCK-10EA
.· ...
..
. .· ..... . SETION A-A
.. : . : ..... (10 POINT)
~;•.-.·.·.. :.
... :."::_":_:. 040831A FOUNDATION BOL T-4EA
..
. ·: .· .: .
. . · ..
. . ..
·.·: .. ·/:.:: .·.
. .
·: ::·... ·: . ..
SECTIOr~ B-B
(4 POINT)
When installing the machine, it should be installed in consideration of the

required dimension for the maintenance and repairing for the utility,
closing and opening space of the door for the electric panel, spare space
for the rotation of the operation panel, and others described in the
installation drawing.
-Atmosphere: 5-7 kg/cm' [external diameter ¢12 nylon hose]

- Power: 3 phases AC 220V [Type 3 Ground Work]
8. Transportation and Installation 82-4

I I HIURCHecn
2-4 Machine Installation
2-4-1 Check point before installing the machine
1) Check visually if there is any part damaged during the transportation.
2) Check if all parts shown on the shipment list are provided.
2-4-2 Machine installation method
1) Install the machine in a clean place without humidity.
2) After carrying the main body of the machine to the installation place,
completely seal off with the concrete at the place where the foundation
work is completed.
3) Do not operate the machine before the concrete is solidified.
4) Remove the fixture on the operation panel and the door to be freed.

I I HWRCH:cn
5) Confirm the oil level gauge for the oil tank used in the machine and
inject the designated oil.
[Refer to the Hwacheon Oil Supply Chart]
<Hydraulic Unit>
<Oil Cooler>
<Lubrication Pump>

I I HWRCH:cn
6) The machine is separated in the reverse sequence of affixing the

bracket made for securing the X/Y axis before carrying the machine.
[Refer to 1-1 Machine Transportation Preparation Category]
- Make sure to connect for the power after removing the bracket to secure
the axes.
<T2-2TYSMC Standard>

I I HWRCH5cn
7) Enter the <t>12 air hose and add the air pressure to the main input port
of the air panel set. [Air pressure: 5-7 kg/cm']
@ @
8) After connecting the power, the N.F.B handle in front of the electricity
panel box is turned to ON and entire machine would be supplied with the
power.
<Power cable terminal>
9) After pressing the emergency stop switch, press the ON button from
the ON and OFF button on the right upper part of the operation panel to
turn on the LCD screen.
At this time, when the 3-phase is turned, the spindle oil is available to
change the phase after turning OFF the power.
<POWER ON/OFF Button>
<Emergency stop switch>

I I HWRCH:cn
10) After securing the turret level jig, the leveler for the precision
measurement is placed to adjust the machine level.
a. Disintegrate the lock nut.
b. Make even with the adjusting bolt.
c. Tighten the lock nut.
[Refer 2-3 Installation drawing for the foundation bolt and the level block
structure]
D @
0 0 2-124159 Turret level jig

I I HWRCHecn
2-5 Wiring and Piping

1) Cleaning
Machine is coated with the rust resistance agent with the machine
processing part (humid side, upper table and others) not to have the
coating at the time of release. Before operating the machine, apply the
cleansing oil on the soft fabric and wash off the rust-resistance oil before
operating the machine.
(Do not use thinner for it may harm the coating part.)
2) Wiring and Piping

Almost all machines are consistent to implement wiring for the power
supply of wiring and machine.
3) Connection of the power has the no fuse breaker box in the central part
of the electric panel that insert the cable on the right upper part of the no
fuse breaker to connect with the no fuse breaker. At this time, use the
phase gauge to fit the phase of the power supply. The power supply is
three-phase with AC 220 V ±10 % (225 A).
2-6 Check before Placing Power

1) For the status gauge, find out the sequence of the terminal of NFB 1 for
the terminal of R.S.T. If it is the reverse phase, change the 2 phases of
three phases of power to fit into the sequence.
2) The thickness of the ground line requires the use of the ground line with
the same thickness of power line.
3) For grounding, avoid connecting with other machines.
4) In the event of not having the ground station, bury the ground pole in
the depth of 1m or deeper underground.
5) The thickness of ground bar would have the ground bar with the
thickness of 015 mm or more and length of 1 m or more.
6) The ground type has to be type-3 ground. (Ground resistance of 100 0)
7) Be careful not to ground the earth ground to the reclaimed part of water
pipeline and other areas.
8) After connecting the power, measure the power voltage of the plant
before operating NFB1 of the electric panel and inject the power.

I I HWRCH:cn
2-7 Pilot Operation
If the series of work shown above, such as, transportation and installation
of machine, power injection and others, is normally completed, then
undertake the pilot operation next.
The pilot operation may confirm the general basic capability and visual
breakdown of the machine, and it would help on optimizing the machine
capability to the warming up for each part.
In the event of not using the machine for a long time, make sure to check
the basic motion and warming up through the pilot operation.
The series of process of the test operation is shown as follows.
1) Confirmation of operation of each unit (Oil Cooler, Lubrication Pump,

Hydraulic Pump, Hydraulic Sol. Valve, Coolant Pump, and Air Unit)
- Confirm each of the oil level gauges and confirm if the air is normally in
with the pressure gauge of the main input part of the air panel.
- Confirm if the pump motor is normally operated.
2) Confirmation of operation of the emergency stop button
3) Confirmation of transportation for each axis and confirmation of O.T

alarm operation
- Confirm if there is any noise during the transportation of each axis, and
when having the abnormal noise, make the emergency stop immediately
and contact Hwacheon Co., Ltd.
4) Confirmation to return to the original point
5) Turret operation confirmation

- Check if the turret index, turn mill rotation, and gear shift are normally
operated and if there is any noise.
6) Chuck and chuck cylinder operation

- The chuck pressure is set for 5kg/cm' or below to confirm the presence of
the operation, and the spindle is rotated below 30rpm to check if it is
interfered with the pipe, drain tube or rotation prevention bracket to make
the warming up for the spindle.
- The pressure of the hydraulic cylinder is increased up to the maximum

pressure to check the leakage of operation oil, irregular operation,
hydraulic, chuck and operation and increase the number of spindle
rotation to confirm the flawless operation.
- Check if the hydraulic oil is 35 °C before it reaches to the maximum

speed.
7) Confirm if the C-axis brake is operated.
8) Operate the door interlock.
9) Confirm if the feed hold (cycle suspension) button is operated.

I I HWRCH5cn
10) Operation of cutting fluid and air blow

- Check if there it is operated normally or if there is any leakage in the
pipeline.
11) "1050 LUBRICATION OIL PRESSURE DOWN ALARM"

- While carrying the machine, the oil hose may have the oil flowing out.
- In the event of not operating the machine for a long period of time, the
alarm may go off.
- When the oil pipe lacks the oil, it checks the low pressure for the oil
pressure switch of the pump to ring the alarm.
- After pressing the emergency stop switch to make the auto release from
the cycle time, and after standing by for 20 minutes to release the
emergency stop switch.
- Press the cycle pump manual release button to release the oil
compulsorily. And, repeat the above process for 15 - 20 times.
[Confirm if the release is normally made with the pressure gauge: 17kg/cm']
Manual Release Button
H
10:V,A!i;CAUTION<W
,,,.,.,.,.,.• ,o, ....,""''"'"
~~~~=;::~·
, ..._._, ..... ..
,,...,...
---
................... . .
~.--~
~
:fjl!~
,t',.:'.,rn,,,,,,......,_,,.,.,,..,,....,
• L •

I I HWRCHecn
I I HIDRCH5CJn
1. Operating Guideline
In order to use the machine more safely and conveniently, you must fully
familiarize yourself with the FANUC Manuals and Hwacheon's Electric
Circuit Diagram before operating CNC.
In the FANUC Manuals and Hwacheon electric Circuit Diagram, all the
descriptions about Programming, Operation, Repair and Maintenance,
Electric Circuit and Alarm codes are available.
This chapter describes Switchs and Indication Lamps which are used
during the machine operation to assist and inform machine operator of
machines conditions ...
Refer to Fanuc Manuals and Hwacheon Electric Circuit Diagram about the
detailed description on Programming, Operation, Repair and Maintenance,
Electric Circuit and Alarm conditions.
Note: Make sure that the operation of the machine is done by an engineer
who has the experience of operating CNC equipment, and has familiarized
themselves with the FANUC Manuals and Hwacheon's Electric Circuit
Diagram. Our company will not be responsible for the accident which
occurs due to unfamiliarity of operation.
C. Operating Instruction C1-1

I I HWRCH:cn
2. Main Power Switch

Main Power Switch is located in the center of the right side electric cabinet
door at the backside of the machine.
2-1 Operation of ON/OFF for Main Power Switch

1) Check whether the electric cabinet door securely closed. In case the
door was open, set the Switch to OFF position first, turn Main Power Switch
to RESET position and then close the door. After closing the door, lock the
door using key.
2) In order to turn Main Power on, rotate Power Switch to the ON position.
3) In order to turn off main power, turn Power Switch to OFF position.
4) The TRIPPED function in between ON/OFF is a safety device to prevent

the input of main power when the door of Heavy Current Panel (E/L Box)
was open.
5) Push button at the handle of the Switch is to be used to compulsorily fix
the turning of the Switch. Switch can be turned while the Push button was
pressed, and Switch is locked when it is turned to RESET position and the
button is protruded.
2-2 How to open the Door without cutting Power
In case it is necessary to open the electric cabinet door when the power is
ON, open the door using the following steps:
1) Release the Door lock which is at the lower part of Door Handle.
2) Turn the Release Screw of Main Power Switch to right side using a
Phillips screw driver, and then open the door.
When RELEASE Screw is turned to right side, the power knob Locking Key
is released and the door can be opened.
3) In order to close the door, turn the RELEASE Screw to left side using

I I HWRCHEDn
Phillips screw driver to return the power knob Lock Key to original position.
Main Power Switch when the Door of Heavy Current Panel (E/L Box) is opened
LOCK Key
(Door is locked at ON
position)
RELEASE Screw
PUSH Button (Compulsory release of LOCK Key)
(Turn Switch and Fix)

I I HIURCHs:cn
3. Main Operation Panel

Main Operation Panel (Operation Panel) is configured as shown in the
below figure and it is divided into LCD Panel, MDI Panel and Operation
Panel.

I I HWRCH:cn
3-1 LCD Panel

LCD Panel is configured of LCD Screen on which all information about
machine operation is shown, Soft Keys to select Soft Menu on screen and a
Memory Card Slot.
10.4" LCD integrated CNC Control Unit. 10.4" LCD

1 LCD Screen
integrated CNC Control Unit is 18i-TB Standard.
This is a Menu to execute additional function which belongs

2 I
Soft Menu
to Main Function. Selection can be made using Soft Key. I
3 Soft Key Screen for each function (Page) can be selected.
4 Memory Card Slot Memory Card for DNC operation can be inserted. I
l I

I I HWRCHecn
3-2 MDI Panel

MDI Panel (Separable type of 61 Full Key MDI Unit) is a keyboard to control
the input of Program and Data and the selection of functions. Names of
respective key on keyboard and their descriptions are as follows:
RESET Key
ADDRESS
/Figure
Key
Function
Key
SHIFT
Key
HELP Cursor
Key Key
Cancel Key INPUT Key
3-2-1 Description of MDI Keyboard
1 RESET Key This key is used to RESET CNC for releasing Alarm.
This key is used to indicate the operation method of MDI Keyboard

2 HELP Key
or the meaning of Alarm which occurs at CNC in detail.
3 ADDRESS/Figure Key This key is used to input characters of alphabet or figure.
There is an Address Key on which 2 characters are printed on 1

4 SHIFT Key key. Using Shift Key, character to input can be changed to the othe~
one.

I I HIDRcHacn
Data which was input by using ADDRESS or Figure Key is input to

Key Input column and is displayed at the upper part of Screen.
5 INPUT Key In the case of setting Data which was input to Key Input column to
Offset Register, press Input Key. It is the same as [Input] Menu of
Soft Key and either ones may be used.
This is used to delete Letter or Sign which were input in Key Input
Column.
6 Cancel Key For example, when ">N001X100Z_" is displayed in the Key Input
Column, Z is deleted if Cancel Key is pressed and
">N001X100_" is displayed.
This is used for editing Program.

- ALTER : to change
7 Editing Key
- INSERT : to insert
- DELETE : to delete
This is used for converting Display Screen for Function.

8 Function Key
[ Refer to 3-2-2 for detailed description ]
4 kinds of Cursor Moving Keys are available.

~: Moves toward right direction of Cursor or sequential direction.
Moves Cursor to sequential direction in small category unit.
<---: Moves toward left direction of Cursor or reverse direction.
9 Cursor Moving Key Moves Cursor to reverse direction in small category unit.
t: Moves toward lower part of Cursor or sequential direction.
Moves Cursor to sequential direction in big category unit.
r: Moves toward upper part of Cursor or reverse direction.
Moves Cursor to reverse direction in big category unit.
2 kinds of Page Shift Keys are available.

PAGE!: This is used for Page down, moving the page of Screen to
10 Page Shift Key sequential direction.
PAGEj: This is used for Page up, moving the page of Screen to
reverse direction.

I I HWRCH5Dn
3-2-2 Description of Function Key
Function Key is used to select the kind of Screen (Function) to be displayed.

By pressing Soft Key (Soft Key to select Page) subsequently by pressing
Function Key, Screen (Function) for respective function can be selected.
< Function Key >
l -----J..raU.IS•lectlo"l
Return Menu Key
Soft Key for Page Selection Key
Sequential
Menu Key
1) When a Function Key on MDI Panel is pressed, Soft Key for Page
selection which belongs to the function is displayed.
2) When Soft Key for Page selection is pressed, Screen for the Page is
displayed. In case Soft Key for the Page to be displayed is not indicated,
press Sequential Menu Key.
3) When Page Screen is displayed, press Operation Selection Key to

display the contents of operation.
4) In order to return to the original display of Soft Keys for Page Selection,
press Return Menu Key.
- Sequence of actual display is different depending on each Screen. For

detailed sequence of operation, refer to the description in FANUC Manual.

I I HWRCH:cn
Names of Function and their description are as follows:
1 POS This is used to display Position Display Screen.
2 PROG This is used to display Program Screen.
3 OFFSET SETTING This is used to display Offset/Setting Screen.
4 SYSTEM This is used to display System Screen.
5 MESSAGE This is used to display Message Screen.
6 GRAPH This is used to display Graphic Screen.
This is used to display Custom Screen (Dialogue Macro

7 CUSTOM
Screen).

I I HIDRCH::an
3-3 Operation Panel

Various Buttons and Switches for the operation of the machine are attached
to Operation Panel, and this panel is used for the operation of the machine.
<T2-1TMC, 1TYMC, 1TSMC, 1TYSMC>
~--- PD\o/ER ---~

CHUCK SELECT MEMORY KEY
<!> •
••
(j
A•~Qj© o
\
aa r' r
2 HAND DP. SUB CHUCK SELECT
-- -- --- --
--
r--MULTIPLY----,
POWER
ON
r
X
ZERO POSITION
l C
.., """
y '""'
~ :;M ,., CHUCM:
'"'' ""
CYCLE START FEED HOLD
fi~
-
0
0
WI.
0 HANDLE
FEED OVERRIDE (%)

20 32 50 79
126
# .;,&o,
. .--,,~,o~
0
126 . .60
,.,.. -70-80-
90 ,~ 200 90
7 BO IOO
@'123
@
320
@ '~'°
50,301 60 110
. 201 \13 500
32
·l 1a\
2.00\ a
I" isf12so
790
50,
% mm/min

SPINDLE 1 SIDE
EMERGENCY STOP
-- -- -- -- -
~ X1
AUID
ZERO POSJTIO:;i
Z1 Cl Y
TAii.
.~{~.·
,.._,..,..,
1WIN
-
"'
"-"'"
rt;
Rf.ADY I MIU! $TOCI<
r-- HANDLE AXIS --,
HANDLE
FEED OVERRIDE I (%) CDINDLE CV[RRIDE (%)

20 32 50 79
CYCLE START 126
FEED HOLD 126 . .- - - ,
OJo Jko 7.9
~.,... 60 70 80 90 ~ 200
~ so,.-•-..,100 :\
l,;'Y@i',~
5.0
3. 2,201
2 ol '~
@ 1,,;:'90
\~?-500
32C
a\ -.1260
7o mm/m,r.

I I HWRcHacn
4. Operation Panel Functions

4-1 "POWER" Button
4-1-1 "POWER ON" Button
This is a Switch for the input of control power for NC Equipment.
1) Press ON Button on Main Operation Panel.
2) 1010 Alarm is indicated.
3) Release [EMERGENCY STOP] Push Button Switch of Main Operation

Panel.
4-1-2 "POWER OFF" Button
This is a Button to cut control power of NC Equipment and the Machine.
Note: In order to cut power for the Machine and NC press this Button or to protect
the equipment in control system, cut the power according to the following
steps.
1) Press Emergency Stop Push Button Switch. (Servo OFF, FAN COOLER
OFF, NC Control Power OFF)
2) Press "POWER OFF" Button.
C. Operation Instruction C4-1

I I HWRCH5cn
4-2 "EMERGENCY STOP" Push Button Switch

When Emergency Stop is required during operation, press this Push Button
Switch.
a) Control power of the machine is cut and NC Equipment stops

immediately.
b) Due to this stop, Spindle motors, Coolant motor and Axis Feed motors
will all stop.
c) "READY" (Signal for the completion of preparation) of NC Equipment is

turned OFF, and [EMERGENCY STOP] is indicated.
How to Release the Emergency Stop:
1) This Push Button Switch is LOCK type. Therefore, turn to right direction
to release and return to Zero position.
2) Reset NC Equipment. If Reset is not done, [EMERGENCY STOP]

indication is not deleted and thus re-input of power is not possible.
3) Input power again.
4) Return to Zero position for all axis. If return to Zero position is not done,
the position of the machine may not be accurate.

I I HWRCH:cn
4-3 Indicator Light State

Indicator Light is applied at the time of input of Servo power of NC
Equipment and Machine control power when Power ON Button is pressed.
If a lamp on a Button is turned ON it indicates that the function of that button
is active.
------
POWER I ZERO POSITION I AUTO
ON x z c y READY
------
M/C T.H TURN TAIL CHUCK
ALARM ALARM MILL STOCK MAIN SUB
1SPlf\WLE 1 SIDE J 1SPINDLE 2 SIDE J

I~~~~
-
--- - -
AUTO
READY
--
I x1 ZERO POSITIO~
-
-----
CHUC.<
1
TURN
MILL 1
TAIL
STOCK
M/C1
ALARM
POWER
ON
T.H
ALARM
~
AUTO
READY
ZERO POSITION-----;l
1.IL ~ ~ ~
CHUCK
2
TURN
MILL2
M/C2
ALARM
4-3-1 Indicator Light
a) Return to Zero Position completed /ZERO POSITIONJ Lamp
----
I ZERO POSITION I
x z c y
<T2-1T .. >
1~ - - ~1 ---
ZERO POSITION ZERO POSITION
Z2 C2 ! x1 Z1 C1 y
<T2-2T .. > 1-
These lamps indicate that the return of X axis, Z axix, Y axis, C axis, Y axis
and B axis, to Zero Position is completed. This lamp is turned ON in the
following cases:
- When Manual Return to Zero Position (Return to Zero Position using

ZERO RETURN mode) is completed
- When Automatic Return to Zero Position (G28) is completed
Note: In case Return to Zero Position was not normally completed, Lamp will be
blinking.

I I HWRCH:cn
1
b) POWER ONJ Lamp
POWER
-
ON This is turned ON if the Main Power Switch on the electric cabinet door is
ON.
1
c) AUTO READY J Lamp
AUTO
-
READY This is turned on only in Auto Mode after the completion of Return to Zero
Position of each axis is completed without any problem in NC Equipment or
Servo.
1
d) CHUCKJ Lamp
This indicates whether MAIN CHUCK (CHUCK1) or SUB CHUCK

(CHUCK2) is locked or not.
If each CHUCK is normally locked, Lamp will be turned ON. But if Chuck is
not locked, spindle will not rotate in AUTO/MDI mode.
=HUC= I CH~CK 11 CH~CK I

<T2-1T.. > <T2-2T.. >
1
e) TURN MILLJ Lamp
This Lamp will be turned ON when Turn Mill spindle is activated by M28 and
M228.
- TURN MILL 1: TURN MILL of REAR TURRET (M28)

- TURN MILL2: TURN MILL of FRONT TURRET (M228)
TURN TURN TURN
-
MILL
<T2-1T.. > - -
MILL 1 MILL2
<T2-2T.. >
d) 1 TAIL STOCKJ Lamp

TAIL
-
STOCK In case there is TAIL STOCK and TAIL STOCK is READY, this Lamp will be
turned ON.

I I HWRCHECJn
4-3-2 "Alarm" Lamp
a) MIC ALARM
M/C Alarm is alarm due to the reasons of overall machine condition or
Program error. This Lamp will be turned ON at the time of the occurrence of
the Alarm.
1) When POWER in ON, this Lamp is immediately turned ON.
2) This is occurred due to the reasons such as EMERGENCY Alarm,

DISPLAY Alarm or TURRET Alarm.
3) In the case of number 2: TURRET, MAIN SPINDLE Part (MC1

ALARM) and SUB SPINDLE Part (MC2 ALARM) are separated.
M/C M/C 1 M/C2
-
ALARM
<T2-1T.. > - -
ALARM ALARM
<T2-2T.. >
b) T.H ALARM
T.H When there is abnormal current at the Power Source Part of 3 Phase Motor
-
ALJ'IR M such as COOLANT and CHIP CONVEYOR, T.H (Thermal Relay) will be
opened.
Alarm is occurred at this time.
c) OIL ALARM
OIL This Lamp will be turned ON when Oil pressure and Oil level of Cycle Pump
-
ALARM is below certain level.

I I HmRcH:cn
4-4 "MODE SELECT" Button
...--------MODE SELECT-------~
~~nnr5-;Tilfo5ill ~~~1
~~~~~~~
I MODE SELECT - - - 1
m~[:~m
[I~Cl~ 1ll Ii~:~] J[ Ii ~F~l J[ Ii Jl J
0
~
G) "AUTO" Button
Mode Button should be set to Auto in the following cases:

~ - Automatic Operation
- During Automatic Operation, Background editing is possible
~
®"EDIT" Button
Mode Button should be set to EDIT in the following case:
~ - Program Editing: Data correction, input and deletion (Including deletion of

whole Program)
- When pressing RESET Button at the time of starting a Program, Program
is returned to its beginning.
@ "REMOTE" Button
- Mode Button should be set to REMOTE when operating with DNC

Equipment.

I I HWRCHecn
© "MDI" Button
~ MDI =Manual Data Input
~ Mode Button should be set to MDI in the following case:
- MDI work
- Input Correction Data
- NC and PMC Parameter settings.
® "JOG" Button
JOG mode should be selected at the time of continuous axis Feed using
JOG. Select the desired speed for Feed using Manual Feed Speed Select
Switch. JOG Feed speed changes by Jog Override switch. At the time of
rapid Feed or manual Cutting, the speed depends on the setting of the
Overrride switch.
® "HANDLE" Button
Handle Mode should be selected at the time of axis Feeding using Handle.
Select the desired axis using axis Select Switch. When selecting the
desired Moving quantity per 1 scale unit using Magnification Select Switch
and turning Handle to +/-direction, Manual Feeding is done as much as the
instructed value of Handle.
(J) "REF. "(ZERO RETURN) Button
Button should be set to ZERO RETURN mode. Manual Return to Zero

Position is operated in this mode.

I I HWRCH::cn
4-5 "OPERATION SELECT" or "FUNCTION" Button
. . - - - - FUf~CTION - - - - -
OS} oy o~ o~
SINGLE OPT BLOCK MC
BLOCK STOP/ DELETE LOCK
ofi~
-
PROC.
RESTARy
o~
AUTO
RESTARy
~
ALARM
RESET/
.-,..
OPERATION SELECT
oS} oy1 OIZJ} O:!)

SINGLE OPT BLOCK MC
BLOCK/ STOP/ DELETE/ LOCK/
iJ
o~
ORY
0 =:Ji
AUTO I
otj]
PROC.
RUN RESTAFSY: RESTART/
I
CD "SINGLE BLOCK" Button
SINGLE This Button is to execute the Program by 1 Block at a time during automatic
BLOCK operation.
1. If this Button is ON during automatic operation, Program is stopped after

completing the Block which was being executed.
2. When pressing Cycle Start Button, next Block is executed.
3. If Single Block Button is OFF and Cycle Start Button is pressed,

Operation will return to original continuous operation mode.
4. MDI operation and manual operation may be performed by converting

Mode while Single Block is stopped.
Note: Single Block for fixed Cycle is done where Cycle ends. Single Block Lamp
will be turned ON.

I I HWRCH5Dn
I ® "OPT. STOP" Optional Stop Button

o~
OPT When this Button is turned ON, and an M01 command is read in Auto Mode
STOP the machine will stop as it does when a MOO command is read .. Automatic
J operation will be re-opened when Cycle Start Button is pressed.
When this Button is OFF, this Code is disregarded.
- ON: M01 is valid

- OFF: M01 is invalid
@ "BLOCK DELETE" Button

cm
BLOCK When the Button is set to ON, the Block with Slash does not execute and
DELETE the Program will execute the next Block.
ON - The Block is disregarded by [/] of Program
OFF - Program is executed irrespective of[/]
Note: If the Block which has ("f') Code is already saved at Buffer, that Block will
be executed but the next Block with ("/") not buffered will not be executed
until there is a Block without Slash Code.
I @ "MC LOCK" Button

I
I O:!)
MC In case MACHINE LOCK Button is ON, axis servo motors will not move ..
LOCK/
J If MACHINE LOCK Button is OFF, Machine and position indication will
move at manual operation or automatic operation and actual work will be
carried out.
Note: If Machine Lock is done when opening automatic operation, it will be valid
right away.
® "DRY RUN" Button

o~
DRY If this Button is ON during automatic operation, Rapid Travel (GOO) and
RUN Feed (G01) commands will be overridden by the setting of the jog override
switch.
® "AUTO RESTART" Button

This is the function to designate the desired Block Sequence No. to re-open
and to re-start the machining automatically at the Block at the time of
re-starting the machining when Tools are damaged or after Program was
stopped for a long time. CHECK FANUC OPERATION MANUAL FOR
PROPER OPERATON AND REFER TO ELECTRIC DIAGRAM.
(J) "PROG. REST ART" Button
-
Of 1!
PROC.
RESTART
I
II
i Program Restart button on will allow the program to continuously rewind
and restart each time an M30 (program rewind) is executed.
i

I I HWRCH5Dn
4-6 "SPINDLE OPERATION MODE" Switch
This is a Switch applicable to TURRET 1 & 2 and SPINDLE 1 & 2. Their

particular OPERATION modes can be selected.
- S1: MAIN SPINDLE OPERATION

- S2: SUB SPINDLE OPERATION
- TWIN: MAIN&SUB OPERATION (Simultaneously)
4-7 "TURRET INDEX" Button

If this Button is pressed in the JOG or HANDL, ZERO RETURN mode,
TURRET is indexed. Indexing is done by 1 position at each time of
pressing.
TURRET ~TURRET1 - TURRET2
~ T ~~ T G:~ T
<T2-1T.. > <T2-2T.. >
Note: TURRET INDEX is possible when all axis are returned to Zero Position and
then 'ZERO POSITIONJ Lamp is turned ON.
4-8 "RAPID OVERRIDE" Button

These Buttons are to override rapid Feed Speed.
This override Button is valid for manual rapid Feed and automatic rapid
Feed.
RAPID OVERRIDE(%)
Oruli Oruli ormi ormi

RAPID RAPID RAPID RAPID
FO F25 F50 / F100/
J

I I HWRCH:cn
4-9 "JOG FEED" Button

These Buttons ate used at the time of manual Feed of X axis, Z axis, Y axis,
C axis, and B axis to '+' direction or '-' direction.
JOG FEED I
BB
I
~ +
~ ~T1+Z
'(f2-Z
B ll8
BB
JOG mode
1) Mode Select Button can be operated using JOG.

2) Select desired Override using FEED OVERRIDE Switch.
3) Press'+' or '-'Button of the shaft to feed.
Feeding of axis is done only when this Button is being pressed.
RAPID mode
1) Select desired RAPID OVERRIDE SPEED- F0/25/50/100% RAPID

2) Press RAPID Button and '+' or '-'Button of the axis to feed. Rapid
Feeding of axis is done only when 2 Buttons are being pressed
simultaneously.
ZERO RETURN
1) Mode Select Button should be set to Return to Zero Position mode.

2) Select desired RAPID OVERRIDE SPEED- F0/25/50/100% RAPID
3) Check whether axis 50mm from Zero Position at the time of return to
Zero Position. If axis is close the Zero Position, press '-' Button to
increase the distance from Zero Position to be greater than 50mm.
Zero Positions of all axis of this machine are in '+' direction. Press JOG
FEED '+' Button for 0.5 second. Even though hands are off from the Button
after this, Feeding of axis is continued up until return to Zero Position is
completed.

I I HWRCHecn
Note:
1) When power to the machine was turned ON and then OFF, the speed of
Feed in manual Return to Zero Position mode will be set at RAPID
OVERRIDE 25 % of Rapid Feed speed. If Return to Zero Position is
executed again and the machine on/off power is not cycled, the speed
will be set depending on the Set Value of the RAPID OVERRIDE
Buttons F0/25/50/100%.
2) In case Return to Zero Position was not yet been done , execute Return
to Zero Position of each axis manually.
4-10 "FEED OVERRIDE" Switch

The speed of axis Feed will be selected within the range of 16 Steps.
The contents of Feed will be different depending on the contents of mode

selection.
1) When JOG mode was selected, 16 Steps (Outer scale) will be selected
within the range of 0-1,260 mm/min.
2) When AUTO or MDI mode was selected, Feed speed of 16 Step in 10%
unit will be overridden within the range of 0-150%.
(Program Set Value at 100 %, Inner scale)
3) If machine has 2 TURRETS, FEED OVERRIDE of FRONT TURRET and

REAR TURRET can be selected with respective override switch.
FEED OVERRIDE (%)

FEED OVERRIDE 1 (%) FEED OVERRIDE 2 (%)
20 32 50 79 20 32 50 79 20 32 50 79
12 6 ~----,126 12.6~----,126 12.6~----,126
, . ~ 60 70 80 90 ' 200 ,~ 70 80 90 .... 200 ,~ 70 80 90 .... 200
5o;1_.-...,,100~\ 50;1_.-...,,100~\
40(®)
;---,,~10\
50
7 7.9 7.9
5.0/40'~(~~ ~ 02
1
50./4o'(®J~10
@
·/ 320
@'12~ 1 ~12
0 (c~ \1'5oo
50,301 301 320 301 320
. 201 \130• 500 3.21201 3.21 201 \1l5oo
I 101 1114~790 I 1114~790
32
1101 } 14 '(1790 101
2 0 \ o\ 15 2 o• o\ 15ra 2.0. o\ 15ra
0 11260 o• -.1260 o• -.1260
% mm/min % mm/min % mm/min
<T2-1T.. > <T2-2T.. >
4-11 "ALARM RESET" Button

In case Alarm is occurred, examine and dispose the cause of the Alarm first
If AIA~l
and then press Alarm Reset Button (or release using Keyboard Reset S/W)
I RESET

I I HIURCHECJn
4-12 "SPINDLE" Button

This Button can be operated only manually when mode Button selected is
JOG or HANDLE.
SPINDLE
~~~
- CW: Spindle rotates clockwise
- STOP: Spindle stops
- CCW: Spindle rotates counter-clockwise
4-13 "SPINDLE OVERRIDE" Switch

Override spindle speed can be done in 10% increments within the range of
50-120% for main spindle rotation speed which was set by program.
SPINDLE OVERRIDE
80 90
70~~,100
60~ ~1\ \110
so' \__~ l~;o
<T2-1T.. >
SPINDLE OVERRIDE (%)
<T2-2T..>

I I HWRCH5cn
4-14 "HANDLE" Switch & Button

Each axis can be moved using Handle. Operate based on the following
steps:
a) Mode Selection Button should be set to HANDLE.
b) Shaft should be selected using Shaft/AXIS Select Switch.
c) Select the desired moving volume per each scale using Magnification
Select Switch.
In the case of input in mm:

X 1, 0.001 mm/p (1 rotation 0.1 mm)
X 10, 0.01 mm/p (1rotation1 mm)
X 100, 0.1 mm/p (1 rotation 10 mm)
In the case of input in inch:

X 1, 0.0001 inch/p (1 rotation 0.01 inch)
X 10, 0.001 inch/p (1 rotation 0.1 inch)
X 100, 0.01 inch/p (1rotation1 inch)
d) Move the axis by rotating the Handle. At this time, clockwise turn will
move to '+'direction and turn to counter-clockwise will move to '-'direction.
Note: Axis Feed Speed will be decided based on the speed of turning
Handle but if Handle is turned with the speed of more than 5 rotations per
second, scale unit and moving volume will not be matched.
MULTIPLY
l~llim
HANDLE
<Magnification Select Button>

- - HANDLE AXIS
mmm
U!I~lD
<Shaft Select Button >

I I HWRCHEDn
4-15 "COOLANT" Button

1) Irrespective of mode selection, if Button is ON, the Lamp of Button is
turned ON and Cutting Fluid is discharged whereas if Button is OFF,
discharge of Cutting Fluid stops.
2) Machines with 2 TURRETS, if ON Button is pressed once again, the

Lamp of Button is turned OFF and Button will be in OFF state.
3) AUTO Button is automatic mode and can make Pump ON/OFF using
auxiliary signal MOB or M09 during automatic operation.
4) If M10, M11 or M12 is instructed, main spindle will either rotate or stop
and simultaneously Coolant Pump either operates or stops.
5) In the case of a 2 TURRET machine, there are separate Cutting Fluid

Buttons for MAIN CHUCK and SUB CHUCK and therefore ON/OFF can be
separately selected respectively.
COOLANT
q~ 'I
<T2-1T.. >
~
t?
AUTO/
*
r COOLANT1 -, r COOLANT2 -,
<T2-2T.. >
°w~!
~
AUTO
rr:_~r °wj!t
AUTO
m
4-16 "CHIP CONVEYOR" Button
71 This is a Button to operate CHIP CONVEYOR in case CHIP CONVEYOR is
mounted.
9!/o:;"o
00
CHIP
COl~V

I I HutRCH:cn
4-17 "TOOL PRESETTER" Button

In case TOOL PRESETIER is attached, automatic setting of Tool
coordinates and Tool wearing calibration can be done.
This Button can be operated only when X axis and Z axis are returned to
Zero Position.
r T/PRESETTER 1
EJ
v ~ T
-ADVANCE: Advances SENSOR ARM to working position for use.

- RETRACT: Returns SENSOR ARM to home position.
4-18 "PART CATCHER" Button

In case PART CATCHER is attached, if Button is pressed irrespective of
mode selection, PART CATCHER may move Forward or Backward.
r PART CATCHER 1
f'C
~ ~
v T
-ADVANCE: PART CATCHER moves forward (PART LOAD)

- RETREAT: PART CATCHER moves backward (PART UNLOAD)
PART CATCHER can be operated only when the following conditions are
met:
1) FRONT DOOR should be closed.
2) In case there is TAIL STOCK, it should be Retracted position.
3) In case there is TOOL PRESETIER, it should be in Retracted position.
4) If machine has a SUB SPINDLE it must be returned to its ZERO

RETURN position before advancing the parts catcher.

I I HWRCH:an
4-19 "AUTO DOOR" Button
r-AUTO DOOR-,
r:~ l~ N E
OPEN: In case Auto Door is used, Door is automatically opened.

CLOSE: In case Auto Door is used, Door is automatically closed.
4-20 CHUCK SELECT Key
CHUCK SELECT SUB CHUCK SELECT CHUCK 1 SELECT CHUCK2 SELECT
~
No•.
0
~1~ ff\
~
~
No>.
0
~1~ ff\
~ •
u
~ (T\ •
u
~ff\
D.. ~ ,0, ~
\ I \ I
a <T2-1T.. >
a ()
<T2-2T .. >
0
- If Button is at Close side, machining of work by chucking the outer
diameter of the works, and in this case Chuck Jaw should be closed so that
Chuck Lamp will be turned ON and spindle can rotate.
- If Button is at Open side, machining of works by chucking the inner

diameter of the works, and in this case Chuck Jaw should be opened so
that Chuck Lamp will be turned ON and spindle can rotate.
4-21 "2 HAND OP" Button
2 HAND OP. This Switch will be used for Operation with 2 Hands.
When pressing CYCLE START Button, 2 HAND OP Button should be
~m~ pressed together for starting of operation, which is designed for user
protection.
(~) Note: This function should not be released without following the proper
procedure. Our company will not be responsible for the accident occurred
due to discretionary release of this function.

I I HWRCH:an
4-22 Memory Protection Key
MEMORY KEY Protection Key should be selected to edit Program.

When OFF was selected, Program input, deletion and replacement are
l~O possible.
-lbJ-
However, it is not possible when ON is selected.
4-23 Operation Buttons
CYCLE START a) "Cycle Start" Button
OJo This is a Button to start the following automatic operation:
-AUTO mode
D - MDI mode
- REMOTE mode
Cycle Start Lamp will be operated during automatic operation.
FEED HOLD b) "Feed Hold" Button

0 0 This is a Button to hold automatic operation temporarily. If this Button is
MA pressed during automatic operation, Feeds of respective axis are
decelerated and then stop.
Provided, however, auxiliary functions which are executed will keep on

operating.
At this time Feed Hold Lamp is turned ON and Cycle Start Lamp is turned
OFF.
During Feed Hold, Mode Select Button can be switched to manual

operation.
For Re-starting, mode selection should be returned back to automatic

operation and Cycle Start Button should be pressed.

I I HWRCH:cn
4-24 CHUCK FOOT Switch

Open/Close for COLLET CHUCK and POWER CHUCK can be executed
by pressing down Switch with foot.
At each time of pressing down the Switch with foot, Open and Close is
switched.
Note: Setting of operation method in such a way that Chuck is opened when
FOOT Switch is pressed down and Chuck is closed when foot is off the
FOOT Switch and be released can be done through the manipulation of
Parameter.
If FOOT Switch is pressed down during the rotation of main spindle or

automatic operation, only Chuck Close will be operated and Chuck Open
will not be operated.
In the state of CHUCK CLOSE, Chuck Lamp on the Operation Panel will be
turned ON.

I I HWRCH:cn
D. Operation Manual
~---------------d._1~--i
D. Operation Manual
I I HWRCHecn
1. Confirmation check list before Power On
Caution ( 1) Confirm the oil level of lube pump and hydraulic pump.
Inspect if there are any external obstructions that will interfer with
Warning (2)
operation of the machine.
Warning (3) Inspect if machine is being used or worked on by others.
Confirm if the door to the NC device is property closed and that all
Hazard (4) machine covers are in place for safety ..
Confirm that electric cabinet and control panel doors are securely
Warning (5)
closed.
Check if the supplied air pressure for the Air Lubricator is in the
Caution (6)
correct operating range.
There should be no indication of an alarm on the alarm message

Caution (7) screen. If there is an alarm, check the message and take appropriate
action to clear the alarm.
When the machine has been idle for a long time and is supplied with
power, it is recommended to check the machines level, and
Caution (8) precision and all other maintenance aspects of the machine.
Note: Operate the machine when lubrication, air supply, and
hydraulic system are in good operating condition.
Confirm that the reference return and work coordinates are accurate
to the last operation of the machine. If temperature is low time should
Warning (9)
be given for machine to warm up. Use a test program to cycle axis,
spindle and ATC before beginning production.
Confirmation check list before beginning machine ogeration .

. Operation of collect chuck or power chuck
® Hydraulic oil and lubricant oil level
© Pressure gages are in the correct operating range
@) Lubrication film on slide ways
Warning (10)
® If there is any abnormal noise
CD If the turret operation is normal
® Check that the tool holders and inserts are clamped
® If the chip conveyor is operating normally
CD If that the way lube and coolant pumps are functioning I
I
I
I
~~ -~-
I
D. Operation Manual 01-1

I I HWRCH5CJn
2. Turning on main power

1) Turn the main power switch to "reset" in order to close the electricity
panel.
2) Turn the main power switch to ON.
3) Press the ON button at the left upper part of the operation panel. When
turned ON, the screen should read "NOT READY ALARM".
4) To de-activate the emergency stop, rotate the switch clockwise to

release.

I I HWRCHe:cn
3. Reference Return Machine to Home Position

In the following cases machine must be returned to home position
1) When first turning the machine on.

2) When calibrating the cutting tool
3) In the event the work is inaccurate
4) When the O.T alarm or EMERGENCY STOP button is pressed
3-1 Axis Direction to Return to the Home Position
The direction to which all axes (X axis, Z axis, Y axis, B axis, C axis) should
be returned is the "+" (plus) direction.
3-2 To Manually Return to Home Position
1) From the "MODE SELECT" panel, press the 'JOG' button.
2) Use the "FEED OVERRIDE" switch to set the feed override, and if the
axis is too close to the home position, press the "JOG FEED" button to
move the axis 50 mm in the '-' direction.
FEED OVERRIDE (%) r- JOG FEED ---,
B ~
20 32 50 79
----....._126
12.6~ ~
~r 60 70 so go ~ 200
7.9 ~ 50~---,10? \
/ 40, , , 10 320
C?~
0 ~120,
5.0, 201
3 2
·
2.0•
30,
I
o•
1 ol
o\
\130 500
J
~
'- "' 11srM ~
1 14 ~790
•1L.60
~+
IBa ~
Tl +Z
'J2-Z
lEJl B
'1c mm/min
B la
I I HWRCH:cn
3) From the "MODE SELECT" panel, press the 'ZERO RETURN' (REF.)
button.
4) Press the "JOG FEED" button corresponding to the ' +' (plus)
direction of the axis you want returned to the home position, Normally, the X
axis is returned to the home position first, and then the Z axis is returned to
the home position.
5) When the ZERO POSITION lamps are on, the machine has been
properly returned to home.
----
I ZERO POSITION I
x z c y
<T2-1T .. >
1~ - - --
ZERO POSITION ZERO POSITION
~1 1~ ~i
Z2 C2 Z1 C1
<T2-2T .. >
3-3 Auto Return to Home Position
1) Press "MDI" button on the "MODE SELECT" panel,
[! I
2) Press the "PROG" function key of the "MDI" panel.

I I HWRCH:an
3) Use the soft keys under the CRT screen to find the MDI menu screen.
4) Using the key pad to the right of the CRT screen type "G28 UO WO and
the "EOB" Hard Key and the "INSERT' Hard Key
5) Press the "CYCLE START' button on the operation panel.
CYCLE START
[J]o
rr[ 111
~~
6) The machine returns to the origin point of the axis and the ZERO
POSITION lamps will turn on.
- .. - -
ZERO
x z c y
<T2-1T .. >

I I HWRCH:acn
4. Moving of Axis
4-1 Moving Axis in Jog Mode
4-1-1 Process of Jogging each Axis
1) From the "MODE SELECT" panel, press the 'JOG' button.
2) Use the "FEED OVERRIDE" switch to set the speed.
FEED OVERRIDE (%)

20 32 50 79
12 6 ~----,126
~r 60 7o so 90 ~ 200
7.9 ~ so;_.- ...._.100 \
~ 40~ ~110 320
~~
0 ~ 20.
1
5 .01301
201 \130• 500
32
110• 14 } ~790
2 ·0 \ 15
0 o\ 11260
% mm/min
3) Press the '+' or '-'button of the "JOG FEED" buttons. While the button is
pressed, the axis moves at the selected feed speed.
I~
!Tl -z
~
T1+Z
T2+Y "'-T2-Z

I I HWRCH5Dn
4-1-2 Rapid Movement of the Axis
1) From the "MODE SELECT" button, press the 'JOG' button.
2) Press one of the "RAPID OVERRIDE" buttons to set the desired override
speed.
RAPID OVERRIDE(%)
0 'lJl, 0 'lJ1.i O'lfl, 0 'lJl,
RAPID RAPID RAPID RAPID
FO F25 FSO F100
3) Press either the '+'or '-'of the "JOG FEED" buttons for the desired axis
and the "RAPID" button simultaneously. Only when both buttons are
pressed will the axis rapid travel at the selected Rapid Override speed.
~ JOG FEED
[BLJ ~+xt T2-X/
~ ~ + D
~ T1+Z
'J2-Z
~ +

I I HIDRCH5cn
4-2 Handle Moving of Axis
1) From the "MODE SELECT" panel, press the 'HANDLE' button.
2) Press the button corresponding to the desired axis.
- - HANDLE AXIS
mm1m
mlmTa
3) On the "Multiply" panel press the button corresponding to how far you
want each axis to move with one click of the MPG Hand Wheel (X 1 , X 10 or
X100).
I MULTIPLY
mu~nm
4) The handle may be rotated either clockwise or counterclockwise. The
distance the axis moves is outlined in the table below.
HANDLE
I Increment
I
M
mm inch
x1 0.001/1 pulse 0.0001/1 pulse
x10 0.010/1 pulse 0.0010/1 pulse
x 100 0.100/1 pulse 0.0100/1 pulse
Caution: If the handle is rotated 5 or more times per second, the movement
of the axis may not be consistent.

I I HWRCH:.:cn
5. To Start or Stop the SPINDLE

1) From the "MODE SELECT" panel, press the 'JOG' or 'HANDLE' button.
2) Press the desired SPINDLE button to start or stop spindle rotation.
SPINDLE
~~J~
- Press the CW button for clockwise rotation.
- Press the STOP button to stop the spindle.
- Press the CCW button for counterclockwise rotation.
3) Use the "SPINDLE OVERRIDE" rotary switch to override the spindle

speed (from 50-120%).
SPINDLE OVERRIDE
<T2-1T .. >

I I HWRCH:cn
6. CHUCK OPEN I CLOSE

1) Confirm that the spindle is stopped.
2) OUTTER DIAMETER I INNER DIAMETER "CHUCK SELECT" key to

select the internal or external clamping of part.
CHUCK SELECT SUB CHUCK SELECT

Li ~
Li
~1·
t
,,o"«. ~1· (!) ,,o"«. @
\ I \ I
a a
~
PC)~
<Material outside CLAMP>
~~
<Material i11side CLAMP>
3) The OPEN/CLOSE operation of the chuck jaws is controlled by the

FOOT PEDAL.
4) If the clamp of the FOOT PEDAL is pressed, the CHUCK is

clamped,turning on the CHUCK lamp on the operation panel.
CH~CK 11 CH~CK I
CHUCK
- -
MAIN SUB I
<T2-1T .. > <T2-2T .. >
5) If the unclamp of the FOOT PEDAL is pressed, the chuck is undamped

and the CHUCK lamp of the operation panel will turn off.
Caution: While the main spindle is rotating, be sure not to use the "CHUCK
SELECT" key. The key should be removed once the desired type of
chucking is selected for the piece part that the machine is being setup for.
<Safety Structure>
- If the CHUCK is in the UNCLAMP condition, the main axis cannot be
operated automatically or manually.

I I HWRCH:cn
7. TURRET INDEXING
Before considering rotating the Turret interference between the chuck and
tailstock, and all tooling in the turret must be check carefully.
1) From the "MODE SELECT" panel, press the 'JOG' or 'HANDLE' button.
2) If the "TURRET INDEX" button is pressed and held, the turret will
unclamp and rotate clockwise when the button is released the turret will
stop and clamp.
TURRET ~TURRET1 • ~TURRET2 •
~ T ~u~~ T ~T
<T2-1T.. > <T2-2T.. >
3) On T2-SERIES machines, press the "TURRET INDEX" button once or

several times consecutively to rotate the turret between tool stations.
4) Confirm the TURRET STATION number is correct.

I I HWRCHean
8. Auto Operation
8-1 For correct auto operation, first confirm the following:
1) Is the CHUCK pressure appropriate to the application's parameters?
2) The CHUCK lamp should be lit.
3) After turning the machine on, it should be return to its original referance
position.
4) Ensure the AUTO lamp of the main operation panel is lit.
5) Ensure the M/C alarm lamp of the main operation panel is off.
6) Check if tool holder and insert are secured.
7) Confirm the tools coordinates are properly set in relation to the piece
part.
8) The program for each part has been loaded into the NC memory. Make
sure the program number is included in front of each program,
9) The switches of the main operation panel are set (defaults listed below).
Switches Setting
"RAPID OVERRIDE" switch Normally 100 %
"FEED OVERRIDE" switch Normally 100 %
"SPINDLE OVERRIDE" switch Normally 100 %
"SINGLE BLOCK" button OFF
"BLOCK DELETE" button OFF
"OPT. STOP" button OFF
"DRY RUN" button OFF
"PROG. RESTART" button OFF
"MC LOCK" button OFF
"MEMORY KEY" switch OFF
10) Is the NC in the "RESET" position?
11) The program begins when the cycle start button on the main operation
panel is pressed. When the cycle start button is pressed, and when the
lamp of the button is lit, the machine will automatically operate.

I I HmRcH:cn
CYCLE START
CTJo
D
Caution: Above description for the automatic operation of the machine is
only meant to be a general overview for the operation of the machine tool.
Training from appropriate personell will be required to successfully operate
the machine. Detailed description of the controls functions can be found in
the Fanuc Manuals provided with the machine.

I I HWRCH5!!cn
8-2 MDI Operation
8-2-1 Example
1) From the "MODE SELECT" panel, press the 'MDI' button.
~
~
2) From the function keys of the "MDI" panel, press the 'PROG' key.
3) Find the MDI menu screen by pressing the MDI soft key.
4) Press the "X", "1", "O", "."and "5" keys and then press "input" key.

I I HWRCH:cn
5) Press the INSERT key.

x10.5 speed is now selected and marked on the screen.
If there's an input error, use the CAN key to delete the incorrect data. This is
available before pressing the INSERT key. If the INSERT key is pressed,
select the incorrect block and use the DELETE key to erase it and then
input again.
6) Press the "Z", "2", "O", "O","." and "5", "EOB" keys.
7) Press the INSERT key. "Z200.5 ;" is inputted and marked. The selected
data is marked as shown on the following picture on the MDI window as
shown in the picture of the CRT screen below. (Example is provided with
metric values)
8) Press the CYCLE START button on the operation panel.
CYCLE START
[Do
r[i.C._j_J
[1!
11:
'llc
l.!
I
I

I I HWRCHecn
8-3 Begining Auto Operation
8-3-1 Programmed Motion
1) From the "MODE SELECT" panel, press the 'AUTO' button.
~
~
2) Select the program you want. To find the program number from the
"MODE SELECT" panel, press the 'EDIT button.
~
~
(2) Press the "PROGRM" soft key below the CRT screen.
® Press the "O" key.

@ Input the program number.
(5) Press the [CURSOR !] button.

I I HWRcH:ean
If the program number is found, the upper side of the LCD screen displays
the program number.
<Display of program window>
4) Press the CYCLE START button on the operation panel. This will light
the corresponding lamp.
CYCLE START
[i]o
D
I I HIDRCHacn
5) Press the FEED HOLD button. to stop the axis motion.

The cycle start lamp is lit and the stop lamp is lit temporarily.
FEED HOLD
0 0
JWv
01
Caution: If there's a problem, press the Emergency Stop push button.

lach i ne Name: T2 (2TYSIC) 7/44
1. 1. 1 M-Code List
No Contents Cl.\l•> No Contents Cl.\l•>
II)() Pre>1r• Stop l30 Procar• End &Rewind
11>1 Optional Stop 131
11>2 End Pre>1r• End 132 AUX Function Lock
11>3 Spindle Forward 133 AUX Function llllock
11>4 Spindle Reverse 134 Air Jet On
11)5 Spindle Stop 135 Air Jet Off
I06 Tai I Stock Advance 138 Tool Pruetter Advance
11>7 Tai I Stock Retreat 137 Tool preaetter Retreat
11)8 Coolant On 138 C1-Axis Cl•
I09 Coolant Off 139 C1-Axis lh>I•
110 Spindle Cw &Coolant On l40
111 Spindle CC. &Coolant On 141
112 Spindle Stop &Coolant Off 142
113 Bar Feeder Advanoe 143
114 144
115 1-Fimtion 1 145 llO&tll23tl88 Funct I on
118 1-Fimtlon 2 148 11>7-tll22-tl89 Funct I on
117 1-Fimtion 3 147 Chamferirt1 On
118 1-Fimtion 4 148 Chamferirt1 Off
119 Parts Catcher Advanoe 149
l20 Parts Catcher Retreat ll50 Tool COIB'rter 1 ec-nd
121 IE1 Too I COIB'rter 2 ec-nd
122 Auto Door Open IE2 Tool COIB'rter 3 ec-nd
123 Auto Door Close IE3 Too I COIB'rter 4 ec-nd
124 Air Jet &Apindle lnchi111 RPI IE4 Tool COIB'rter 5 ec-nd
125 E Chip Conveyor On
128 Error Detect On IE8
127
128
129
Error Detect Off
2fl)
2fl)
(Turn Ii 11) Spindle Select
(Turn Ii 11) Spindle Cencle --
IE7 Chip Conveyor Stop
list Collector On
list Collector Off
Contl1111 ...
tMACHEON Machine Tool Co., Ltd. -6-
lach i ne Name: T2 (2TYSIC) 8/44
1. 1. 2 M-Code List
No Contents Cl.llf-) No Contents <ill-&->
l80 Rest Finpr Cloae 1110 Turn Ii 11 For + Coolant On
161 Reat Finpr Open 1111 Turn Ii 11 Rev + Coolant Off
162 1112 Turn Ii 11 Stop + Coolant Stop
183
184 1120 lain-Sub Spindle Synchronizer On

1165 1121 lain-Sub Spindle Synchronizer Off
1188 Play Back On 1123
167 PI ay Back Off 1168 8m Chuck Ti&hten
168 Chuck Tighten 1169 sm Chuck Looaen
169 Chuck Looaen 1170 8m Spindle Orientation ec-nd
170 Spindle Orientaion ec-nd 1176 sm Spindle Orientation Cancel
171
172 l200 sm Spindle Select Comlnd
173 l201 sm Spindle Select Cancel
174 Reverse Tapping llode Select l202
175 Reverse Tapping llode Cancel l203 sm Spindle Fornrd
176 Spindle Orinentaion Cancel l204 8m Spindle Reverse
177 l205 sm Spindle Stop
178 l206
179 Rigid Tapping llode On l207

ISO
181 1210 sm Spindle For.& Coolant On
188 Feed Override Cancel Off 1211 sm Spindle Rw.& Coolant On
189 Feed Override Cancel On 1212 sm Spindle Stop &Coolant Off
ll90 B-Axia Brake lh>I• 1213
•1 B-Axia Brake Cl• 1238 C2-Axia Cl•
1239 C2-Axia lh>l81P
1103 Turn Ii 11 Spindle Fornrd 1216
1104 Turn lill Spindle Reverse 1217
1105 Turn Ii 11 Spindle Stop 1218
<End of List>
HIACHEON lachine Tool Co., Ltd. -7-

I I HWRCHEcn
9. WORKPIECE TRANSFERRING
If a shape of workpiece is hexagon, it will be in danger of collision against
workpiece because of the main or sub chuck jaw position.
For using M-Code, it performs spindle phase synchronization.
SPINDLE SPEED & PHASE SYNCHRONIZATION
It is possible to synchronize both spindles to enable the sub

spindle to run at the same RPM as the main spindle for part off
M120 and transfer.
In addition to the above spindle speed synchronization We are
able to synchronize both spindles so that they are angularly
orientated to each other.
We can therefore align milled or drilled features that are
produced on the separate spindles when required.
SPINDLE SPEED & PHASE SYNCHRONIZATION CANCEL
M121 These commands are used to cancel the fore mentioned

synchronization modes. M121 will actually cancel both mode
of Spindle synchronization.
9-1 PROGRAMMING OF MAIN SPINDLE PART OFF & TRANSFER

(T2-1 TY SMC)
} END OF MAIN SPINDLE TURNING
N1000(PART OFF & TRANSFER)

G28 UOWOVO
T1212
M68 ....................... Confirm Main Chuck Is Clamped
M169 ....................... Confirm Sub Chuck Is Undamped
G97 S50 M03 ....................... Start Main Spindle @ 50 RPM
M120 ....................... Spindle SPEED & PHASE Synchronization
GOO B-00 ....................... Rapid B axis in front of component
G98 G01 B-00 F1000 ........... Feed B axis onto component (NOTE G98)
GOO Z0.5 MOS ....................... Part Off Position
(Leaving 0.5mm Facing Allowance On Both Ends)
M168 ....................... Close sub spindle jaws
M69 ....................... Open main spindle jaws
M13 ....................... Turn bar pusher on
G01 B-00 ....................... Pull out bar to your required amount
M68 ....................... Close main spindle and cancel pusher
G04 U1. ....................... 1 second dwell
GOO X50.0 ....................... Bring 'part off' tool into position
G99 ....................... Feed per rev.
G97 S1200 M03 ....................... increase revs ready for 'part off'
G01 X-1.5 F0.07 ....................... Part off
GOO B-100. ....................... Move B axis clear

I I HWRCH::an
G28 UO ....................... Reference X axis

M121 ....................... Cancel spindle synchronization
G28 BO. ....................... Home B axis
G28WO. ....................... Home Z axis
MOS ....................... Main Spindle stop
} START OF SUB SPINDLE TURNING
9-2 PROGRAMMING OF FRONT TURRET PART OFF & TRANSFER

(T2-2TYSMC)
} END OF FRONT TURRET TURNING
N1000 (PART OFF & TRANSFER)
G99 G40
M205 ....................... Sub Spindle Stop
M169 ....................... Sub Chuck Open
G4 U1.
M910 ....................... Waiting M-Code
M911 ....................... Waiting M-Code
GO B-200.0 ....................... Rapid to Safe Position
G1 G98 B-230.0 F3000. ....................... Feed to Pick Up Position
M168 ....................... Sub Chuck Close
G4 U1.
M912 ....................... Waiting M-Code
M913 ....................... Waiting M-Code
G1 B-180.0 F2000 ....................... Feed Out to Part Off Position
M914 ....................... Waiting M-Code
M915 ....................... Waiting M-Code
G28 BO. ....................... Reference B-Axis
G99
M999 ....................... Waiting M-Code
M1
M99
%
9-3 Specifying a Shift Amount for Spindle Phase Synchronization

Control (2T-1YSMC)
If the sub spindle needs to line up with the main spindle at a specific
angle(i.e. to line up with flats on Hexagon bar) the main and sub spindle can
be adjusted by following the procedure below
1) Select MDI mode.

2) Press OFFSET/SETIING Button
3) Press (SETIING) soft key
4) Cursor to the Parameter write value-> Type 1
5) Press INPUT (this will cause a PS 100 alarm)
6) Press RESET Button
7) G97 SSO M3 EOB -> Press INSERT Button
8) Press CYCLE START
9) SO EOB ->Press INSERT Button-> Press CYCLE START

I I HWRCHecn
10) M120 EOB ->Press INSERT Button-> Press CYCLE START

11) MOO EOB -> Press INSERT Button -> Press CYCLE START
12) Open the Main door
13) Press SYSTEM Button
14) Press ( I> ) soft key
15) Press ( SP-PRM) soft key
16) Press (SP.TUN) soft key
17) Press PAGE DOWN Button
18) The SUB spindle must be rotated manual.
19) Check the REF.SHIFT value, SYN ERROR value
20) Shift amount for spindle phase synchronization
= (REF.SHIFT value) +(SYN.ERROR value)
21) Press RESET Button
22) Press SYSTEM Button.
23) Press (SYSTEM) soft key.
24) Search PARAMETER No 4034 S2
25) Input phase shift value at the Parameter No.4034(S2_Side)
26) After Door is closed, command above no .[from 7 to 10] step by step.
, then check phase position
27) Press OFFSET/SETTING Button
28) Press (SETTING) soft key
29) Cursor to the Parameter write value -> Type 0
~ ~> •'c -
1 1~'12,r:,, +r ,,;!,

I I HWRCH:cn
10. When Power is Turned Off

1) Press the Emergency Stop button. If this switch is pressed, the machine
maintains its suspended condition until the switch is released.
2) If the Emergency Stop push button is pressed, " 1010 alarm" is shown
automatically on the message window in the middle of the screen.
3) Press the POWER OFF button.

I I HWRCHecn
4) Rotate counter clockwise the main power switch.

I I HWRCHecn

I I HWRCH:ecn
1. Checking and Maintenance of Machine

Make sure that regular inspection is performed in order to operate the
machine daily with normal condition. By performing regular check,
breakdown will be reduced and the performance of the machine can be
maintained.
1) Working staff should report to the repair engineer whenever there is a

minor problem or a trouble.
2) Any breakdown which is found while carrying out checking should be

repaired before the operation of the machine.
3) When performing re-adjustment and disassembly of the machine, make

sure to record the state of the machine at that time before starting.
4) Contact Hwacheon's Service Center for inquiries about repair and

maintenance or the unidentified cause of breakdown.
Note: In case various special specifications are added, pay particular attention to
the items to check.
E. Repair & Maintenance E1-1

I I HWRCHacn
1-1 Regular Checklist
Items to Check Check Cycle
Automatic Oil level Daily

Lubricating
Device Cleaning of Oil Pump Suction Filter 2000 hr
Injection of Grease to MASTER JAW Feed Part of Chuck Daily

Lubrication
Cleaning of general operating part of TURRET and applying
1000 hr
Grease
Oil level Daily
Cleaning of OIL CONDITIONER Air Suction Filter 50 hr

Oil Cooler
(Spindle & Turret
Replacement of Oil Line Filter 1000 hr
Unit)
Replacement of Cooling Oil 2000 hr
Cleaning of Filter & Magnet in Oil Cooler Tank 2000 hr
Air Pressure (Pressure Gauge) Daily

Air Device
Check Color of Regulator Filter of Main Air Daily
(SMC TYPE)
Replacement of Filter of Air Regulator 2000 hr
Oil Level Daily
Hydraulic Device Check & adjust Hydraulic Pressure Gauge Daily
Cleaning of Filter & Magnet in Hydraulic Oil Tank 2000 hr
Oil Level Daily
Check Cutting Fluid Tank & Cleaning of Chip Daily

Cutting Fluid
Cleaning inside of Cutting Fluid Tank 1000 hr
Device
Cleaning of Cutting Fluid Pump Filter 1000 hr
Replacement of Cutting Fluid 2000 hr

Cleaning of Heavy Current Panel (E/L Box) Cooling Fan &
50 hr
Suction Hole
Check Electric parts inside Heavy Current Panel (E/L Box) 200 hr
I
Electric Device
Cleaning of inside Heavy Current Panel (E/L Box)
I 1000 hr
Check coating of Electric Cable I 2000 hr
Check various power and voltage 2000 hr

Check Wiring and Fuse of various Relays, Connectors &
2000 hr
Terminal Stand

I I HWRCHacn
Items to Check Check Cycle
Cleaning of Cover Chip (Slide Cover) inside the machine Daily
Check leakage from Pipeline and abnormal Noises Daily
Check Chip Conveyor Belt Daily

Check Oil leakage from Pipeline Connector and re-assembly of
1000 hr
Connector
Others
Cleaning around the Feeding Part and Operation Part of the
1000 hr
Machine
Check the level of quietness of machine 2000 hr
Check Functions 2000 hr
Replacement of Safety Glass and Polycarbonate 5 years
* The above cycle represents general cycle, and therefore the cycle for checking of the
replacement or cleaning of filter should be adjusted depending on the surrounding
environment and machining conditions.

I I HIDRCH5CJn
1-2 Ordinary Check Items
Before starting work, make sure to verify the result of checking for the
following items:
1) Check Oil Level

- Check Oil Level Gauge of Oil Tank used for the machine and replenish
the designated oil. [Refer to Hwacheon's Lubricating Specification
Table]
<Lubrication Pump>
<Oil Cooler>
<Hydraulic Unit>
Note: Check the level of oil for Oil Cooler to be max level only before the
operation of machine.
When the machine is operated and Oil Con is operated, Oil surface
indicates close to min value. This is the phenomena of continuous
circulation of Spindle Cooling Oil along pipeline, and it does not indicate a
shortage of oil.
Replenish Oil up to min level only in case Oil surface is below the min
level during the operation of OIL CON. If Oil level is too high when OIL
CON is being operated, there is a possibility of overflowing of Oil from the
tank and therefore drain a certain quantity of Oil.

I I HWRCHacn
2) Check Air Regulator (In the case of SMC TYPE)

- Check whether the set Pressure of Air Regulator is correct. Adjust it in
case the set Pressure is different.
@ @
a) Check Pressure Gauge of Main Regulator and Adjustment

: Main Air Pressure 5-7 kg/cm'
If Pressure Adjustment Lever is pulled up so that indication line in
orange color can be shown, the Lever is unlocked. Turn the Lever at
this state to adjust pressure, and then push down the Lever so that
the Lever is locked.
: Check the color of Filter through transparent Window for checking Air
Filter. Initial Color is pure white.
Pressure Adjustment Lever
Orange Indication Line
Pressure Gauge
Transparent Window
for checking Filter
Air Filter Part

I I HWRcH:cn
Note: Check whether Lever was unlocked before adjusting the pressure
of Regulator or whether Lever was locked after adjusting the pressure of
Regulator. Otherwise, Lever part for pressure adjustment may be
damaged and eventually Outlet Air pressure may become unstable.
3) Check Hydraulic Pressure Gauge and Adjustment

- The discharge pressure of Hydraulic Unit was set at 40kg/cm' at the time
of delivery. In case main pressure gets lower due to the breakdown of
Hydraulic Unit or the loss of hydraulic pressure of Hydraulic Parts, there
may be a problem occurred in the operation of Hydraulic Unit. To avoid
such problem, check the main pressure gauge before operating the
machine.
- Chuck Pressure may be adjusted for Main/Sub respectively so that

different Chuck Pressures can be used depending on the material or
shape of machining materials. Locations of Chuck Pressure Adjustment
Parts are as follows. Within the range of 5-26kg/cm', adjust Chuck
Pressure by turning Pressure Adjustment Knob.
Chuck Pressure : 5-26kg/cm'
. D bSSl .. D D.
ll7LJ CJ
0
.,,..,,..,c<H!>O"'O"oooooooo
o<:o1'sooooooooooooooo
00511lO.,<lOQll00011:0011000
000<10 IHlOr.>000 o O o 00 OOQ
OllOOOOCr.>OOOOODDDOOQC
00000 0000000000 0 0000
BeaceB•H•eeeeeee!lO!"'B
i'l llOOllO o "oooonr; oo coo
ODOllOOCOOOOOOD<lOOOO
00llOOOOQ0000"'00000
000011 oooccHHlO Ii o oo o
1100!J0000000000" C 00
<1000<J00000<l"'000 .. 0D
D<JOOOllOOOCCllOC00 .. 0
Dll<JOCOUDOCOO•COOOllD
900110000COOCDllC0001'
OOllODOQOOOCOCC<lllQO!J
Cl.,OOOO:HHlOGDGGOOllOO
0>00000000Q000G<>Oll
coooooo'"'"or:;::.00130
OOOOOODOOOCl~OCOOIJ
OOOOOOOGGC[,.lO:[:r,oo "
oooaacooco:n~cccco oc;
llliill<lOOOCtiQOOOCOO OC
<lQOIHIBOOO}SIOOl'IOOO DOC
. ggggggggg:~~ggg .~gg .
MAIN CHUCK Pressure Adjustment SUB CHUCK Pressure Adjustment

I I HWRcH:cn
4) Check and clean Cutting Fluid Tank Filter

- Perforated Filter Part of Cutting Fluid Tank and double perforated Filter
holes for the 2nd filtering of Cutting Fluid which inflows into Cutting Fluid
Pump may be clogged by small Chips.
- If the holds of Filter is clogged, not only the supply of Cutting Fluid
cannot be smooth but also Cutting Fluid cannot flow out to Tank and
causes over flow.
- Check Chip Bucket and Filter of Cutting Fluid Tank and clean them as
necessary.
Double Perforated Filter
Perforated Filter Part
5) Check Chip Conveyor Belt and Cleaning

- In case Chip Conveyor is installed, rake out the Chips entangled to the
Belt using Scrapper to prevent the breakdown of conveyor and to ensure
smooth operation of Chip Conveyor.
9!Jf::o
CHIP
CDNV - Turn ON the Chip Conveyor Operation Button on the Operation Panel.
- Turn the Chip Conveyor Operation Switch to 'FOR' position to move
Chip Conveyor Belt forward for discharging Chips.
- Turn the Chip Conveyor Operation Switch to 'STOP' position to stop the
s TOP Chip Conveyor and then turn the Switch to 'REV' to move the Conveyor
backward.
- At this time, rake out Chips using Scraper.
Note: Never operate Chip Conveyor right away.

In case too much micro Chips are entangled at the Hinge Part of Chip
Conveyor Belt, it may cause the damage of Belt or overload to Motor.
Make sure to check Chip Conveyor Belt and clean it before operation.

I I HIURcHacn
6) Injection of Grease to MASTER JAW Feed Part of CHUCK

- Grease should be injected to Feed Part of Master Jaw of CHUCK daily
to ensure smooth operation of Material Clamp/Unclamp.
Grease
Injection Inlet
7) Check Abnormal Noise

- Check whether there is any abnormal noise at the time of Shaft Feeding
and the operation of Spindle, Turret and other units.
8) Check Leakage from Pipeline

- Check whether there is any leakage of Air, Lubrication, Hydraulic
Pressure and Spindle Cooling Oil at unnecessary parts.
9) In case the machine was not operated for a long period

- In case the machine was not operated for a long period, Oil in the Oil
Pipeline came out to Slide, which causes the shortage of Oil.
- Discharge Oil compulsorily by pressing Cycle Pump Manual Discharge
Button.
Press the Button repeating about 15 - 20 times.
[ Check whether discharge is normally made to Pressure Gauge :
17kg/cm' ]
Manual Discharge Button

·CM~-
~
''~----- I ,"'''d
•S.,;i,,,., .......
'""""'""goc•••-·
H
.
I
-
I'
i
• L •

I I HWRCH:cn
1-3 Items to Check in 50 hours /1 Week
1) Cleaning of Air Filter

- Clean Air Filter of Oil Cooler Inlet (OIL CON).
Temperature Sensor
Air Filter
<Oil Cooler>
- Filter is designed for easy disassembly.
- Main Power Switch should be turned OFF.
- Wash Filter with clear water after separating the Filter.
- Remove moisture from Filter and then re-assemble it.
Note: Do not operate Oil Cooler while Filter was separated.

Foreign substance may inflow to Air Inlet and thus Oil Temperature
Control Unit may be damaged.
Note: Pay special attention to Cooling Pin which can be seen when Filter
was separated so that the Cooling Pin is not crushed or bent. It may
adversely affect the cooling performance of Oil Cooler.

I I HWRCHECJn
2) Cleaning of Heavy Current Panel (E/L BOX), Cooling Fan & Suction
Inlet
- Cooling Fan which discharge heat inside the Heavy Current Panel (E/L
Box) and External Air Suction Inlet may have too much dust in them,
which may adversely affect the cooling of Heavy Current Panel (E/L Box).
Discharge of Heat
Air Suction
- After separation of Cooling Fan Cover using (+) shape Driver, clean
wings of Fan and Fan Cover.
- Clean the dust in the Suction Inlet using Brush.
Note: As these are Electrical Parts, make sure not to use wet cloth or wet
hands at the time of cleaning. Also turn OFF main power before starting
works.

I I HIDRCH::cn
1-4 Items to Check in 200 hours/ 1 month
1) Check Electrical Parts inside Heavy Current Panel (E/L Box)

- Carry out monthly checking of Electric Parts inside the Heavy Current
Panel (E/L Box).
- Necessary Equipments: Electric Current and Voltage Tester
a) Turn OFF the power of machine.

(OFF Button on Operation Panel -> Main Power Switch OFF)
b) Turn ON Main Power Switch.
c) Open the Door without cutting power.

[Refer to 2-2 of C. Handling Instruction]
d) Check the 2 Phase Connection Terminal of NFB (No Fuse Breaker:

Breaker for Wiring) which is located at the back of Main Power Switch.
e) Check IN/OUT Terminal of internal Electric Parts using Tester.
f) In the case of Parts for which Breaker Test Button is available, check
the operation of Breaker by pressing Test Button to see whether Electric
Leakage Breaker operates normally.
- Breaker is detached when Test Button was pressed: No problem
- Breaker is not detached when Test Button was pressed: Breakdown
g) Close the Door when Checking is completed.
Note: As this is a work under the situation where power is connected to

inside the Heavy Current Panel (E/L Box), make sure to wear Insulation
Glove before working. Our company will not be responsible for the
accident of Electric Shock due to carelessness for safety.
Note: Make sure to familiarize Electricity Circuit Diagram which is

enclosed at the time of the delivery of the machine before starting to work.

I I HIDRCH:cn
1-5 Items to Check in 1000 hours/ 6 months
1) Cleaning of General Operation Parts of TURRET and applying

Grease to them
- If micro-Chips or dust are accumulated in the general Operation parts of
TURRET, operation will not be smooth. Thoroughly clean respective
operation parts and then apply Grease to them. [Refer to Hwacheon's
Lubricating Specification Table]
2) Replacement of Line Filter of Oil Cooler Device

- Replace the Line Filter which filters the Oil discharged from Spindle Oil
Cooler Device to Spindle with new one.
- Lifetime of Filter varies depending on the environment of use but usually

6 months is its lifetime cycle.
- In case surrounding environment is very bad, the lifetime cycle may be

less than 3 months whereas the lifetime cycle may be more than 1 year if
surrounding environment is clean and average operation time is short.
- In case Line Filter is clogged and thus the Filter does not function, "OIL
CON PRESSURE DOWN" Alarm may be generated.
- When Alarm is generated, replace Filter with new one.
<Separation of Filter Cover Nut> <After removing Filter Cover>
MAKER: SHC (Se Jin)

Line Filter Specification: SHT-06
- After separating Filter Cover which is at the lower part of the Line Filter
Housing, replace the Filter with new one.
- There is a screw at the cylinder part of the Filter Cover and separation
and fastening of Filter Cover is possible by turning the Nut at the lower
part using Spanner.

I I HWRCHecn
3) Cleaning inside Cutting Fluid Tank

- Cutting Fluid Tank is exposed to Chips and foreign matters. Even though
151 filtering is done by Chip Bucket and Perforated Filter of the Tank, still
micro Chips are deposited and accumulated at the bottom.
- When Cutting Fluid is used for a long time, deposits in the form of
Sludge are generated, and this deposits and micro Chips cannot be
filtered by the Perforated Filter. Therefore, it affects adversely to the
lifetime of the Cutting Fluid Pump.
- In order to safely use Cutting Fluid Pump for a long time, clean the inside
of the Tank after draining Cutting Fluid.
4) Cleaning of Cutting Fluid Pump Filter

- If micro Chips are clogged in the Cutting Fluid Pump Filter, the
performance and lifetime of the Pump will be deteriorated.
- Clean the Filter which is at the lower part of Cutting Fluid Pump after
separating Cutting Fluid Pump from the Tank.
5) Check the Oil leakage of Pipeline Connector and Overall loss and
Re-assembling of Connector
- Machine is delivered after verifying that there is no oil leakage or loss
from Oil pipeline. Due to periodic pressurizing of Oil Pump and micro
vibration generated at the time of oil moving, Pipeline Connector may be
loosened to some extent or Crack is generated.
- If there is oil leakage as a result of overall checking of Pipeline

Connector Parts, the Connector should be re-assembled. If there is loss of
oil due to crack, the Connector should be replaced with new one for
re-assembling.
6) Cleaning of Covers of each Parts of the Machine

- Clean Chips and Sludge after disassembling the Covers of each parts of
the machine.
- The cleaning will prevent outflow of Chip, Oil and Cutting Fluid to outside
with more stability, and clean working environment can be maintained.
7) Cleaning of the Inside of Heavy Current Panel (E/L Box)

- If dusts and foreign matters are compiled inside the Heavy Current Panel
(E/L Box), Parts may be damaged due to short circuits between electric
parts, which may be led into fire in worst case.
- Remove dusts and foreign matters inside Heavy Current Panel (E/L Box)
using Vacuum Cleaner.
Note: Make sure that Main Power is OFF before starting work, and try to
avoid direct contact with Cleaning device and electric parts.

I I HIDRCH:cn
1-6 Items to Check in 2000 hours/ 1 year
1) Leveling Work after Verification of Static Precision of the Machine

- Carry out Inspection for precision referring to [Machine Precision
Checklist] which is enclosed at the time of delivery.
- In case adjustment is required after the precision inspection, carry out

leveling work using Leveling Instrument for precision measuring. [Refer to
B. Carriage and Installation]
- Adjust in case the adjustment of main shaft stand is necessary after

precision inspection.
2) Replacement of Spindle Cooling Oil and Cutting Fluid

- Fill out with clean Oil after completely draining Spindle Cooling Oil from
Tank. [Refer to Hwacheon's Lubricating Specification Table]
- Replace whole quantity of Cutting Fluid if it is necessary after checking

the state of Cutting Fluid. Depending on its materials and processing
environment, Cutting Fluid may be replaced within 1 year.
3) Cleaning of Lubricating Pump Suction Filter

- Suction Filter is attached to Oil Suction Port of Lubricating Pump. In case
the Filter is clogged by impurities, oil suction cannot be properly done and
thus problem in lubricating oil supply may be generated.
- When Oil Tank is separated, Suction Filter and Relief Valve of Pump will
be shown.
- It is not necessary to replace Suction Filter, and removal of foreign

matters using compressed air will do.
4) Cleaning of Filter and Magnet inside Oil Cooler Tank

- As foreign matters are accumulated inside the Tank when the Tank is
used for a long period, clean Filter, Magnet and inside the Tank regularly.
I I I I
I l I I
'--1t---' '1
11 1!
II
LJ ___ µ
I
II
II
$! I
I
I
I
II
II
I
I
I
I
II
I
I
I
I
II
-$- l -------------------~
II
II
II
I -:--- ::
II
I __ J___ ::
©
u
II
--- --------f"o-::::-~-~"-.
!-,:::: ~ =-'
Magnet
Suction Filter

I I HWRCHECJn
a) Cleaning of Magnet
Magnet is installed at the Oil Suction Inlet inside the Tank to separate
magnetic impurities from pure oil. If large quantity of absorption matters
is accumulated on the surface of this Magnet, the effect of Magnet will
be weakened. So remove the impurities by wiping out the surface with
cloth.
b) Cleaning of Suction Filter

If impurities are fully filled in the Suction Filter of Suction Inlet, Suction
of the Pump will be weakened. So remove the impurities in the metal
net of Suction Filter using compressed air.
c) Cleaning inside the Oil Tank

When the Tank is used for a long period, impurities in the form of
Sludge are accumulated on the bottom of the Tank. Therefore clean
inside the Tank after completely draining oil.
5) Cleaning of Filter and Magnet inside the Hydraulic Oil Tank

- When the Tank is used for a long period, impurities are accumulated
inside the Tank. So clean Filter, Magnet and inside the Tank regularly.
Return Filter
Magnet
a) Cleaning of Magnet
Magnet is installed at the Oil Suction Inlet inside the Tank to separate
magnetic impurities from pure oil. If large quantity of absorption matters
is accumulated on the surface of this Magnet, the effect of Magnet will
be weakened. So remove the impurities by wiping out the surface with
cloth.

I I HWRCHecn
b) Cleaning of Suction Filter and Return Filter

If impurities are fully filled in the Suction Filter of Suction Inlet and
Return Filter of Return Part, Suction of the Pump will be weakened and
Oil return will be delayed, which causes the shortage of Hydraulic Oil.
So remove the impurities in the metal net of Suction Filter using
compressed air
c) Cleaning inside the Oil Tank

When the Tank is used for a long period, impurities in the form of
Sludge are accumulated on the bottom of the Tank. Therefore clean
inside the Tank after completely draining oil.
6) Replacement of Filter in Air Filter (In the case of SMC TYPE)

- Filter is attached to Air Regulator to remove mists and impurities
contained in air. And also in order to automatically drain the collected
moisture or impurities at the Filter, there is 'Auto Drain' Port at the lower
part of Filter Cover.
- The color of Air Filter in the Air Regulator can be checked through the
transparent window in the Filter Cover. The color of Filter is in pure white
initially. Therefore replace the Filter with new one in case the color of the
Filter was changed.
Cover Separation Button
Transparent Window
for Checking Filter
Filter Cover
MAKER: SMC Pneumatic

Filter Element Specification: AF40P-060S

I I HWRCHecn
- If Separation Button of Cover is pulled down after holding the filter Cover,
the Filter Cover is separated. If Filter Fixing Bar is turned to clockwise, it is
separated together with Filter. After replacement of Filter, turn the Filter
Fixing Bar to counter-clockwise.
- Work is completed when Filter Cover is fastened again.
7) Check the state of Coating of Power Cable

- Prevent short circuits between electric parts, electric shock accident and
fire by checking the coating state of electric wire such as power cable.
8) Check various Power and Voltage

- Check power and voltage of control parts such as power inlet, control
power referring to the Electricity Diagram which is enclosed at the time of
delivery of the machine.
9) Check various Relay, Connector, Terminal Stand and Fuse
10) Check Functions

- Carry out overall checking whether respective functions are normally
performed.
- Check time can be shortened by preparing a Program to test overall

functions related to the operation of the machine and executing the cycle.
* After 5 years from the operation of the machine, Safety Glass and
Polycarbonate should be replaced.

I I HWRCH:=cn
2. Repair and Maintenance of the Machine

Even though the machine is checked and maintained on a daily basis,
there may be breakdowns or alarms due to wearing of parts and user's
carelessness.
In case breakdown is occurred, stop the operation of the machine

immediately and identify the cause of the breakdown and repair it.
In case Alarm is generated, identify the cause of the alarm referring to

Alarm List and release the alarm. If the cause of the alarm is the
breakdown of parts, repair it immediately.
List of cities where repairing of the machine is available, Handling

Instruction of respective Makers or Catalogues are separately attached.
For repair of the machine, refer to the Part List. The Part List will serve the
reference for ordering parts.
Refer to the FANUC Repair & Maintenance Manual on the contents of

actions for CNC Alarms.
Note: Repair of the machine should be done by an engineer specialized

in repair and maintenance who is familiarized with this Handling
Instruction, Electricity Circuit Diagram, FANUC Handling &
Repair/Parameter Manual and Part List.
Note: Repair and maintenance work should be carried out only after main
power is turned OFF. When work is carried out, Signboard indicating the
work in process should be installed around the machine.
Note: Catalogue for respective Parts was enclosed for customers'

convenience. Please note, however, that the catalogue may be changed
without notice due to the improvement of parts by the maker.

I I HWRCHEDn
3. Number of Places for Oil Lubrication

Place for ISO Tank Replenishment Replacement
NO. Cleaning Cycle
Lubrication Grade CC!E_acity Cycle Cycle
Automatic Cleaning of Suction
When
1 Lubrication VG68 4L
necessary
- Filter
Device (2,000 hours)
Replacement of Line
Filter
Main Shaft
When (1,000 hours)
2 Cooling VG 10 73 L 2,000 hours
necessary Cleaning of Filter and
Device
Magnet inside Tank
(2,000 houraj_
Cleaning of Filter and
Hydraulic When
3 VG 32 60 L - Magnet inside Tank
Device necessary
(2,000 hours)
Cleaning of general
When Operation Part of
4 Grease - - necessary
- Chuck & Turret
(1,000 hoursl
Cleaning of Filter
When inside Tank & Cutting
5 Cutting Fluid - 260 L
necessary
2,000 hours
Fluid Pump Filter
(1,000 hours)
I ,,
. .J

I I HIDRCHecn
4. Adjustment of Switch
In case there is inferiority in the motion of Limit Switch which verifies each
motion and detects Stroke edge and the motion of Adjacent Switch or
there is breakdown of the Switches, the Switches need to be replaced or
adjusted.
<Reference> T2-SERIES does not use Limit Switch for the detection of
Strokes of each shaft and detects Strokes and O.T using Controller.
* Basic Items for the Adjustment of Switch

1) The distance of Limit Switch or Adjacent Switch should be designated.
Note: In the case of Adjacent Switch, poor adjustment of interval may

cause material accident. Therefore sufficient attention should be paid on
this.
2) Switch should be operated when Dog comes to the right position.

I I HWRCHacn
4-1 Adjustment of Switch

a) Adjacent Switch of Turret Clamp/Unclamp
- Unfasten Switch Fixing Nut (M8) to make it loose and adjust the position
of Switch and adjacent distance.
- Check whether Signal is correctly detected at the Switch while repeating

Turret Clamp/Unclamp. As Switch has Motion indication Lamp attached to
it, the Lamp is turned ON when the Switch is ON.
- After adjusting the location and adjacent distance so that signal of the
Switch is detected at Turret Clamp/Unclamp location, fasten the Fixing
Nut securely.
Switch
7
2EA
MAKER: YAMATAKE
MODEL: FL7M-2J6HD-Z
PART No: E9371097
Switch Operation Adjacent
Distance: 2mm
'I D =--:-? L=::J L=::J L

r

I I HWRCH:cn
b) Adjacent Switch of Turret Index Zero Position

- Unfasten Switch Fixing Nut (MS) to make it loose and adjust the position
of Switch and adjacent distance.
- Adjust adjacent distance so that Signal is detected at the Switch when

Turret is at Zero Position after Indexing.
- Check whether Signal is correctly detected at the Switch while repeating

Turret Indexing. As Switch has Detection indication Lamp of AMP
separation type at the AMP attached to it, Red Detection Indication Lamp
is turned ON when the Switch is detected.
- After adjusting adjacent distance so that Signal of the Switch is detected

at Zero position, fasten the Fixing Nut securely.
Switch
1EA
~L H
, I
MAKER : OMRON
MODEL: Switch E2C-X1A (AMP Separation type) LJ
AMP E2C-JC4AP I I
(For AMP separation type Switch)
PART No: Switch SC998261 I i
AMP SC998325 I I ' )

Adjacent distance for Switch Operation: 1mm
I I

I I HmRcH:an
c) Cylinder Switch of Turret Gear Shift

- Gear Shift between the rotation of Turn Mill of Turret and Index rotation
is operated by Hydraulic Cylinder and detects Signal based on Magnet
Switch (Auto Switch) of Hydraulic Cylinder.
- Adjustment of detection location is done by unfastening and moving 2

M2 Set Screws. When fixing Switch, fasten Cylinder Tube and detection
side of Switch using Set Screw. As Switch has Motion indication Lamp
attached, the Lamp is turned ON when Signal is detected.
- If Switch is moved to respective Stroke edge from respective

Forward/Backward Position of Cylinder and then the Switch is moved little
by little oppositely, the Lamp of Switch will be in turning ON position. After
moving the Switch 1 mm more from this position, fix it using Set Screw.
Note: There are some Cylinders for which Switch Lamp is not turned OFF
even though the Switch is moved to the edge of rod. In this case, the
Switch should be fixed at this position.
d) Chuck Pressure Checking Switch (CE Specification)

- This is a switch of CE specification which checks whether Main pressure
which was set at Hydraulic Unit is normally discharged or not.
- If the difference of pressure compared to the set Pressure (±1 bar) is

generated, Signal will be detected.
- Pressure is adjusted in a manner to turn the Screw at the upper part of

Switch using (+) shape Driver. Pressure can be adjusted checking the
pressure indication scale on the front side.
- MAKER: TELEMECANIQUE
- MODEL: XML-A070D2S14
- PART No: D174202
- Switch Pressure Adjustment Range: 5- 70 bar

I I HWRCH:cn
e) Chuck Checking Switch (CE Specification)

- This is a Switch to check the opening/closing of Chuck and is located at
the Chuck Cylinder.
- Location and adjacent distance of Switch should be adjusted after

unfastening the Switch Fixing Nut (M 12) to make it loose.
- Adjacent distance should be adjusted so that Signal can be detected at

the Switch at the time of Forward/Backward movement of Chuck Cylinder.
- After adjusting the location and adjacent distance of the Switch so that
Signal of Switch can be detected at the Forward/Backward position of
Chuck Cylinder, Fixing Nut should be fastened securely.
Sensor2EA
- MAKER: OMRON
- MODEL: E2E2-X3D1-N-10M
- PART No : SC11470
- Switch Operation Adjacent Distance : 3mm
f) Door Interlock Switch

- Adjustment should be made so that Switch Dog attached to Door is
tightly stuck to the Lever of Switch on the basis of Closed Door.
- After fastening the Switch Dog of Door securely, check whether Signal is
correctly detected at the Switch repeating Door opening/closing while
referring to Ladder.
[Refer to the Electricity Circuit Diagram which is enclosed at the time of
delivery.]
- MAKER: Keon Heung Electric Co., Ltd.

- MODEL: KH-8010V1
- PART No: E927020
- Switch Operation Pressing Level: 15 ± 5 °

I I HWRCHecn
4-2 Switch Arrangement Plan
SQR5 AUTO DOOR OPEN X103

SQR6 AUTO DOOR OPEN X104
~-----------+---__,TOOL PRES ETIER MOTOR
SQP5 T /M2. CLUTCH ON Xl 10

SQP6 T/M2. CLUTCH OFF Xl 11
SQP7 TURRET2. UNCLAMP Xl 13

SQPB TURRET2. CLAMP Xl 14
YVS13 Cl-AXIS CLAMP Yl 14
YVSlA SPINDLEl CHUCK OPEN YOBO

YVS18 SPINDLEl CHUCK CLOSE Y081
IX2-AXIS SERVO MOTOR

j •rr iFl 28/3000(3.0Kw)
~----< X2-AXIS SERVO MOTOR
•CiiFl 28/3000(3.0Kw)
Y-AXIS SERVO MOTOR Xl -AXIS SERVO MOTOR

•rriF88/3000( 1 6Kw) _____, •rriFl 28/3000(3Kw)
TURN MILL SPINDLE MOTOR

112S/15000i8(5.5/7.5Kw)
. . <I
EXTERNAL ONE-ROTATION SIGNAL
SQP7 TURRET!. UNCLAMP Xl 13

SQP3 SPINDLE2 CHUCK OPEN X066
SQP4 SPINDLE2 CHUCK CLOSE X067 SQPB TURRETl. CLAMP Xl 14
SOPS T/M 1. CLUTCH ON Xl 10

SQP6 T/M 1. CLUTCH OFF Xl 11
IYVS14 i Cl-AXIS CLAMP Y115

~-------+----i Z 1-AXIS SERVO MOTOR
•rriF228/3000(4Kw)
COOLANT MOTOR (TURRETl) Y121

COOLANT MOTOR (TURRET2) Y122

I I HWRCH5Dn
YVS7 MAIN CHUCK AIR BLOW Y092 >----+-------------~
YVS5 TURRET 1. UNCLAMP

YVS6 TURRET 2. UNCLAMP
HYDRAULIC MOTOR Y080
YVS3A T/M 1. CLUTCH ON Y084

YVS38 T /M 1. CLUTCH OFF Y085
YVS4A T/M 2. CLUTCH ON Y086
YVS48 T /M 2. CLUTCH OFF Y087

I I HWRCHEDn
5. Adjustment of Main Shaft Stand

As Main Shaft Stand was manufactured through Static Precision Test
pursuant to KS Standards, it is supposed to maintain its precision for a
long period even without special inspection, replacement of Parts or
re-modification.
However, in case works are tapered at the time of machining or machining

surface gets bent at the time of cutting, parallelism error of Spindle should
be measured and adjusted in accordance with the following procedure:
1) After inserting Test Bar into the Spindle and attaching Dial Indicator to
Tool Stand, check error volume of A and B items moving Saddle toward Z
shaft direction. [Refer to Inspection Report]
2) In case error volume is bigger than Standard Value, Fastening Bolt with
Base Frame should be unfastened and Parallel of Spindle should be
adjusted using Adjustment Bolt looking at the Indicator.
3) When adjustment is completed, fasten the Bolt to fasten with Bed

tightly. And then, check error volume moving the Saddle toward Z shaft
direction again.
Indicator
~Test Bar
-·-·+·-·- B
I
E. Repair & Maintenance ES-1

I I HWRCHECJn
2-21L1033 BLOCK
uo 0 LJ
2-21L1033 BLOCK

I I HWRCHacn
6. Repair & Maintenance of Hydraulic Parts

6-1 Repair & Maintenance of SOLENOID COIL and VALVE
When Solenoid coil, Valve and Spool is not moving accurately, check by
disassembling them based on the following sequence:
Note: 1) Operation of Coil by Solenoid valve is indicated by LED attached

at the upper side of Valve
2) After cutting power and cooling down sufficiently, carry out

the required work.
'§'.
NAME PLATE
CLAMPING SCREW 0
~
'. • ~- NAME Pl ATE
GASKET
®
TERMINAL
-------------! 6
CLAMPING
ft\,
SCREW
-------0
TERMINAL
BOX
SOL.COIL
3 f-----~
O~RING
2 )------,
BODY
1Q
0
0
~
NUT
6-1-1 Replacement of SOLENOID COIL
1) Unfasten Nut CD.
2) Detach Solenoid Coil from Body after removing 0-Ring ® and pulling
the Solenoid Coil.
*Assembly can be done in reverse sequence of disassembly.
E. Repair & Maintenance EG-1

I I HWRCHECJn
6-1-2 Replacement of TERMINAL BOX
1) Disassemble Solenoid Coil.
2) Unfasten Fixing Screws@ for 4 Name Plates which are on upside of

Valve and remove Name Plate®.
3) Unfasten and take out 1 Terminal Fixing Screw inside the Terminal box
and 2 Fixing Screw outside the Terminal Box.
* Assembly can be done by following the reverse sequence of

disassembly.
6-1-3 Replacement of SOLENOID VALVE
1) Disassemble Solenoid coil.
2) Unfasten Fixing Screws for 4 Name Plates which are on upside of

Solenoid and remove Name Plate.
3) Unfasten Electric Wire Fixing Screw inside the Terminal box and
separate the Electric Wire from Terminal.
4) Fix Solenoid valve and Reducing Valve using 4 mm Wrench and

disassemble MS Bolt which fixes Check Valve.
Note: In order to facilitate re-assembling after unfastening MS bolt, make

sure that the parts are not moved away from their original positions.
5) Use the Solenoid valve which is normally operating.
6) Put in MS Bolt.
Note: At this time, pay attention to make sure that each Blocks are not
separated each other as 0-Rings are inserted in between Blocks.
7) Remove Name Plate attached to Valve, connect the Electric Wire to

Terminal Box and assemble Name Plate.
8) Check the motions of Hydraulic Equipments.

I I H1URCHEC1n
6-1-4 Breakdowns of SOLENOID VALVE and Measures
Breakdown Cause Measure
* Thoroughly clean after disassembling it.

1) In case Foreign matters * In case Spool does not operate
were sneaked into the smoothly in the Body, Body usually has
contact part of Spool some defects. Therefore, remove the
defect.
2) In case Bolts are fastened * Max. Fastening Torque of Bolt is 50

too tight kg.cm.
* Maintain pressure to be constant and

3) In case pressure is more adjust the pressure to be at normal
Solenoid does not than normal pressure pressure using Throttle Valve or other
operate Valve.
* Check the resistance of voltage and

4) In case the operation of
current of Solenoid and replace Solenoid
electricity is incomplete
in case there is any problem.
5) When Valve Components *Replace it

are damaged * Lifetime of Valve is in excess
* Remove foreign matters in Oil.

6) In case Hydraulic pipeline * Lower the pressure.
is clogged * Reduce Operation hours to change the
Cycle time.
1) Over Voltage, Under * Check the Voltage and fix the Voltage
Voltage to be within 110% of normal Voltage.
* Set the Oil temperature to 65 ·c while

2) Over Heated setting surrounding temperature to be
below 5o·c.
Solenoid Coil was 3) When the connection of

burnt * Connect it correctly.
Terminal is wrongly done
4) In case Solenoids in both

sides are operated
simultaneously due to error * Check the Circuit.
or malfunction of circuit
configuration
1) When pressure or
hydraulic flow is in excess
* Reduce operating pressure as much as
and thus Thrust pressure of
possible.
hydraulic oil is bigger than
* Adjust Throttle Valve to lower the
the pressure of Solenoid
Pressure.
Switch, Noise is generated
Generation of
by the vibration of Spool
Noise
* When there is foreign matters in

2) Noise is generated when Solenoid
Solenoid is operated (Replace it when Solenoid does not
operate normally.)

I I HWRcH:cn
6-2 Repairing of Hydraulic Pump

6-2-1 Irregular Operation of CYLINDER
Cause Measures
* Check Pipe Connection part and the

1. Air went into Hydraulic Oil.
level of Oil Tank
2. Leakage of Hydraulic Oil from inside * Check Cylinder Valve and replace Seal
3. Leakage of Hydraulic Oil from outside

* Check Pump, Valve and Pipe
6-2-2 Noise of Pump
Cause Measures
1 . Operation of Pump is not in good

*Raise Oil temperature before use.
condition.
* Refer to "Irregular Operation of

2. Air went into Hydraulic Oil.
Cylinder"
3. Components of Pump are damaged or * Disassemble and check.

used very long. * Replace the damaged parts
* Install Hydraulic Oil path.
* Change Hydraulic Oil
4. Vibration sound from Pipe * Replace Rubber Hose
* Check Valve or re-install the Valve at

5. Trebling phenomena of Chuck Valve
the point which is as far as possible from
Pump.
6-2-3 Shortened Lifetime of Pump and Damage
Cause Measures
1. Improper Hydraulic Oil * Change to proper Hydraulic Oil
2. Polluted Hydraulic Oil * Remove foreign matters

* Check Filter (If there is no Filter, Filter
should be installed.)
* Change Hydraulic Oil
* Check Valve and Shock Absorber

3. High Pressure
* Check diameter of Pile
* Check Hydraulic Circuit
* Disassemble and check
4. Shortage of Hydraulic Oil in Piston

* Supply sufficient Hydraulic Oil.
Pump during the operation of Pump

I I HWRcH:cn
6-2-4 Overheating of Motor
Cause Measures
1. Shortage of Motor capacity * Replace Motor

2. Defect of Motor * Disassemble, repair and check
3. Inappropriate assembly of Motor and *Re-assemble
Pump
6-2-5 Overheating of Hydraulic Oil
Cause Measures
1. Operating Pressure is lower than

*Install Cooler
Designed Pressure.
* Requires low pressure
2. High Viscosity of Hydraulic Oil * Change Hydraulic Oil
3. Shortage of Cooler capacity or

* Clean Cooler
deterioration in performance
*Replace Cooler with required capacity.
4. Shortage of Hydraulic Oil in the Tank * Supply necessary Hydraulic Oil and
check.

I I HWRCHEcn
7. Things to Note when using Chuck & Chuck Cylinder

Pay attention to the following items when using Chuck and Chuck
Cylinder:
1) When replacing Jaw, clean the place where ratchet of Master Jaw
engages with T-Nut first.
2) Select appropriate Hydraulic Pressure depending on the shape of

works and cutting condition.
3) Make sure that Pressure is not in excess of max operation pressure of

Chuck and Cylinder.
4) If impact by Hammer is given to the works which are chucked, Chuck

will be damaged and also precision and function will be deteriorated while
the lifetime of Chuck will be reduced.
5) If the length of works is long, Tailstock, always Steady Rest or other

Work Rest should be used.
6) Do not operate Chuck while main shaft is rotating.
7) When Lathe is not in use for a long time, make sure to take out works
out of Chuck.
8) When chucking works, do not chuck the works from the edge of Stroke
of Chuck for safety.
9) When Tool or Turret is crashed with Chuck or works due to Program

error or other reason, stop the rotation of Chuck immediately and then
check to see if there is any problem in Jaw or Master Jaw.
10) At the time of initial operation after the installation of the machine or
before the commencement of daily operation, make sure to open and
close Chuck for 2-3 times so that Lubricating oil is distributed in the
Bearing part of Hydraulic Cylinder. (This should be done before the
rotation of Spindle without fail.)
11) Warm up Spindle with the speed of 30rpm or lower before cutting.
12) When there is no penetrating Bar works at the time of using midair
Hydraulic Chuck or Cylinder, clog the Plug in front of Chuck. This material
can be accumulated inside the penetrating Draw Tube, which may cause
malfunction unless the material is removed.
13) Make sure that T-Nut for fastening Soft Jaw is not protruded out of
Master Jaw all the time.
14) At the time of high speed rotation, gripping force of Chuck will be
reduced due to centrifugal force of Master Jaw and Soft Jaw. Select safe
cutting condition.
15) Clean the body of Chuck thoroughly after cutting is completed.

I I HWRCHean
T2-SERIES
PARTS LIST
\. }
'1 :r
I I HWRCHacn
NO PARTS NUMBER DESCRIPTION PAGE
1 21L06001 BED ASS'Y P1-1-6
2 21L01001 HEAD STOCK ASS'Y P2-1-2
3 21L04201 TURRET ASS'Y (ROTARY TOOL) P3-1-8
4 21L03101 Z1-AXIS ASS'Y P4-1-2
5 21 L03201 X1-AXIS ASS'Y P5-1-2
6 21L02501 B-AXIS ASS'Y P6-1-3
7 21L03301 Y-AXIS ASS'Y P?-1-2
8 21L03501 X2/Z2-AXIS ASS'Y PB-1-4
9 21L01701 OIL CON ASS'Y P9-1-3
10 21L07501 HYDRAULIC ASS'Y P10-1-10
11 21L05102 LUB SYSTEM ASS'Y P11
12 21L07601 LINE ASS'Y P12-1-6
13 21L0840 WIPER ASS'Y P13-1-2
14 21L08101 X1 YZ1 COVER ASS'Y P14-1 -2
15 21L08201 X2/Z2 COVER ASS'Y P15-1-2
16 21L08401 2ND COVER ASS'Y P16-1-5
17 21L08301 OP BOX SET P17
18 21L08201 MAIN DOOR ASS'Y P18
19 21L08801 COOLANT TANK ASS'Y P19-1-3
20 21L08802 COOLANT TANK ASS'Y (1TURRET) P20-1-3
21 21L08803 6BAR COOLANT TANK ASS'Y P21-1-3
22 21L08901 CHIP CONVEYOR ASS'Y P22
23 21L07701 AUTO DOOR ASS'Y P23
24 21L06501 PARTS CATCHER ASS'Y P24-1-3
25 21L01901 TOOL PRESETTER ASS'Y P25-1-3
26 21L07801 DOOR INTERLOCK ASS'Y P26
I
,JI
0
0
f-----·--·--------··
i
i
I
:.
.:r-1-r-·--,-------"===-=--··
SPINDLE-1
SPINDLE-2
-------
8 21L 7513 BAll VAL VE 2 PT3/8
7 0182803 NIPPLE 2 PT3/8
6 SC8836 GAUGE
6-1 0175102 90¢ ELBOW PT4/1"
0
6-2 0171001 GAUGE DAMPER
6-3 0180803 90¢ CONNECTOR
5 SC8836 GAUGE
5-1 0175102 90¢ ELBOW PT4/1"
5-2 0171001 GAUGE DAMPER
5-3 0180803 90¢ CONNECTOR
4 21L 7504 SOL V/V SET 6ABO SPINDLE-2
4-1 H508080 H.S.H BOLT 4 M8x80
3 21L 7505 SOL V/V SET 1 6ABO SPINDLE-1
3-1 H508080 lfX SOlKEl (AP S(RfW 4 M8x80
8 2 21L8155
2-1 H510016
1 21L8154
BRACKET
HSH BOLT
BRACKET
4
4
1 SCP1
SCP1
M10x16
M10x16
1-1 H510016 HSH BOLT
No. DRAWING No. PARTS NAME OTY lllllllllt REMARK NOH
21L07601(2/6) LINE ASS'Y P12-2

.
-----------~ - -------·------
B
/ 7 21L8193
HS06012
6 21L8186
HS06012
5 21L8153
GUIDE BRACKET
H S.H BOLT
COVER
H.S.H BOLT
Z2-DUCT
6
1
6
1
SCP1
SCP1
SCP1
M6x12
M6x12
H508012 H.S.H BOLT s M8x12

4 0454101 CAM FOLLOWER 2 THK
e 0130110 NUT 2 M10
3 21L814 7 BRACKET SCP1
HS06012 H.S.H BOLT 4 M6x12
2 21L81441 Z2-CABL£ SUPPORT 1 SCP1
H508020 H.S.H BOLT 4 M8x20
ci
21L8141 Z2-CABLEGUIDE 1 SCP1
HS06015 H.S.H BOLT 7 M6x15
No. DRAWING No. PARTS NAME QTY KAlflW REMARK NOTE
21L07601(3/6) LINE ASS'Y P12-3

\
\
\
\
\
\
\
/
I
I
I
I
+ 0 I
I 14 015861121
H508015
(Y(LE PUMP
BALL VALVE
1
2
4Liter HANS UNG
PT3/8
I 13 21L 7513 BALL VALVE 2 PT3/8

12 21L 7513 BALL VALVE 2 PT3/8
11 0182803 NIPPLE 2 PT3/8
10 21L 7513 BLOCK 1 SCP1
H510060 H.S.H BOLT 2 M10x60
0183303 CONNECTOR 4 PTPF 3/4"
0183304 CONNHTOR 2 PT.PF 1"
9 21L8192 CAPFLEX 1 SCP1
H508020 H.S.H BOLT 4 M8x20
8 21L3038 BRACKET 1
H508020 H.S.H BOLT 4 M8x20
I 7 21L3039
H508020
Z-AXIS BRACKET
H.S.H BOLT 4
SCP1
M8x20
6 21L 75038 BRACKET SCP1
I H512020 H.S.H BOLT 4 M12x20
EJ 0 0 ~ 5
4
21L8153
H508020
21L 7506
21L 75061
Z2-0UCT
H.S.H BOLT
SOL V/V SET
SOL V/V SET
4
1
1
SMC
M8x20
GABO
GABO
2-TURRET
1-TURRET
I H508070 H.S.H BOLT 2 M8x70
3 21L 7514 SOL V/V SET GABO 2-TURRET
21L 75141 SOL VIV SET 1 GABO 1-TURRET
H508070 H.S.H BOLT 2 M8x70
2 21L5301 LUB TANK BRACKET 1 SCP1
H512020 H.S.H BOLT 2 M12x20
21L 7507 A SOL V/V BRACKET 2 SCP1
H508015 H.S.H BOLT 8 M8x15
No. DRAWING No. PARTS NAME QTY llll!IW. REMARK NOTE
21L07601(4/6) LINE ASS'Y P12-4

SPINDLE COOLANT OUT SPINDLE COOLANT IN
191
I I
I I
--++----
! I
I
I
I
0 I
TURRET UNCLAMP
TURRET CLAMP
TOOL COOLANT
0 0 0
g Q Q Q g
0 ID 0 ID
0 ID 0 ID
0 ID 0 ID
B VIEW
4 21L8190 CAPFLEX 1 CIW091 W1IO R100 KODUCT

HS10020 H.SH BOLT 8 M10x20
3 21L81S2A BRACKETIX2l SCP1
HS0801S H.SH BOLT 4 M8x1S
2 21L3S16 BRACKET!X2) 1 SCP1
HS0601S H.S.H BOLT 3 M6x15
21L3517 BRACKETIX2l 1 SCP1
H50601S H.SH BOLT 3 M6x15
No DRAWING No. PARTS NAME OTY HATH!Al REMARK NOTE
21L07601(5/6) LINE ASS'Y P12-5

: ! !
' ! l
j I i
! I !
II
'' '
'
II
'' '
'
I. .I
. .
..I ..I
590
I I.
.' .
..I .I r
I I
'' '
'
I' I
' ''
I I
''
~©'
'"
i
Ii@
,,
,,
1:
1:
~ i
~b,,,.---~-~-~~
~ ,_' ----
' ~ ;
I i i~@\i
l: .i " !
'
!!
!l
400
ii
j j
,------, ,------, ,-- -
I
L__ ·!· _J
I I
L__ ·!· _J
I
ii
lJ
VIEW A '
·~ ~,:.J
:l _____________
1 Ii
:._____ ------~-__L--:o______ _______ - --- - ---~~=-""~-- -- --- _:_ ---- ---------- -
3 21L2504 STAY(W) 1 SPHC

llX SOCKET [AP srnt:w 4 M8x16
2 21L2505 STAY(W) SPHC
4 21L8146 W-CV-SUPPORT-1 1 SPHC HfX SOCKET (AP SCREW 2 M12x20
HfX SOCKH fAP Srnf W 4 M6x10 21L8191 CABLE GUIDE(W) lllllfilll.~U.411o llllM !GUS
WASHER 2 M6 HfX SOCKET lAP Sf Rf W 8 M8x20 P12-6
No. DRAWING No. PARTS NAME QTY llAUllN. REMARK NOTE No. DRAWING No. PARTS NAME OTY llAilllN. REMARK NOTE
21L07601(6/6) LINE ASS'Y
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
= c B A
=
=
=
=
=
u: 210
DD
~ D
c B A
S=1 20
0 00 3 21L8172A L-WIPPER
HfX SO[Kf l [AP S[Rf W
1
2 M6x10
0
2 21L8159A L-WIPPER 1
Hf XSO[Kf l [AP S[Rf W 19 M6x10
A.-A 1 21L8135A LEFT-FRONT-CV-1 1 SCP1
Hf XSO[Kf l [AP S[Rf W 9 M6x10
Hf XSO[Kf l [AP S[Rf W
No. DRAWING No. PARTS NAME QTY HAlfRIAl REMARK NOTE
21L0840(1/2) WIPER ASS'Y P13-1

12
11
10 21L8151A R-WIPPER
Hrx somT (AP srnrw 2 M4x6
9 21L8148A R-WIPPER
H[X SO(Kfl (AP srnrw 2 M4x6
D 8 21L8149A R-WIPPER2
HtX SO(K[T (AP srnrw 5 M4x6
7 21L8166A R-WIPPER 1
0 6 21L 1040
H[X SO(K[T (AP srnrw
COVER
H[X SO(K[l (AP srnrw 10
24
SCP1
M6x10
M6x10
5 21L 1038A COVER 1 SCP1
H£X SO(K£T (AP S(R[W 2 M6x10
4 21L8139A RIGHT-INNER-CV-1 SCP1
H[X SO(Ktl [AP srnrw 11 M6x10
B-B REMARK NOTE
No. DRAWING No. PARTS NAME QTY HATERIAl
21L0840(2/2) WIPER ASS'Y P13-2

EB /
+
EB
!21Los101(1;2) X1YZ1 COVER ASS'Y P14-1

14
·~
11-~
: ~
t' ~
'' '
''
:...1
,T
µ: =
'-'----
][
--
L
~ ,I,-
[ " 'ff
:S:J 1 1~
I I I I
Ru-=i111 '+---+--+------+-+--'~ 1 11 =Br-c___, ~
l ~ ll l ~
I
! '\ \ J
7 21L8066A SLID[ RAil

lfX SOCK£! CAP Sl~ 18
1
M4x10
w VIEW
6 21LB006A SLID[ (OVER HAN SUNG Y-AXIS TYPE
21LB0061A SLID[ COVER HANSUNG 9 10 2 13
13 21L8007A [OVER 1 SPCC lfX SOCK£1 CAP SlRE~ 4 M6x10 1
flAT 1uo srnrw 3 M6x10 HAI H!AO SCREW 2 M6x10
12 21L8001A BRACKET 1 SCP1 5 21LB015 ROLLER RAil 1 SCP1
H!X SO[K[J (AP S(ll[ 4 M5x10 tt:X SOCK[] CAP \[Rf 4 M8x16
11 21L8002A BRACKET 2 SCP1 4 21LB012 BLOCK 1 SB34P
H!X IO[K£1 (AP S(ll[ B M5x10 lfX SOCK£! CAP SlRE 4 M6x14
10 21L8003A suor rnvrn 1 SCP1 3 21L8014 BLOCK 1 SB34P
H!X SO[K[J (AP SlR[ 7 M6x10 tt:X SOCKET CAP SlRE 3 M6x14
0454101 CAM FOLLOWER CFFRU(l0-2 THK 2 21L8013 BLOCK 1 SB34P
H!X llAO MIT M10 HAT H!AO SCREW 2 M6x10
14 21L aoosA rnvrn SUS B 21L8016 ROLLER GUIDE 1 SCP1 1 21L8009 BRACKH 1 SB34P
FLAT IIAD SlR[W 6 M6x10 H!X IO(K[l (AP SlR[W 4 M6x10 HEX SOCKH CAP SCR£ 2 M10x25
No. DRAWING No. PARTS NAME QTY l\ll!llAl REMARK NOTE No DRAWING No PARTS NAME QTY l\lllB!l REMARK NOTE N<>. DRAWING No. PARTS NAME QTY llll!llAl REMARK NOTE
21L08101(2/2) X1YZ1 COVER ASS'Y P14-2
"' " ®
® ® 11
10
11L8061
H\040010
11L8060
COVER
lfXSIO!TUISOOI
FROO SLID£ COVER
4
SCP1
5(P1
M4x10
1TURRET+1SPIHOlf TYP£
11L80601 FRtllT SUD£ COVER 5(P1 lTURRfT. SUB SPINDLE TYPE
1180601 FRtllT SUD£ COVER 1 5(P1 llURRflt!All 5!Q(K TYPf
lfXSIO!TUISOOI s M6x10
118059 REAR 5LIOf rnvrn 1 5(P1
0 H\06010
111.80)8
1180)1
lfXSIO!TUISOOI
COVER
flAJll.IDSCllri
COVER
s
1
2
1
5(P1
5[P1
M6x10
M6x10
FLAI lf/JJ IOllW 13 M6x10

1l8064 COVER 1 SC Pl
flAI lf/JJ IOllW 11 M6x10
0 r--
4
1l80)3
11801\A
H\06010
COVER
flAI lf/JJ IOllW
SLIDE COVER
lfXSIO!TUISOOI
1
12
1
s
M6x10
HANS UNG
M6x10
1l8061 COVER 1 5(P1
FLAT lf/JJ IOllW 2 M6x10
118063 BLOCK 1 5PH(
flAI lf/JJ IOllW 3 M6x10
118061 PLATE 1 55400
H\06010 lfX SIOll (JI S(l(V 2 M6x10
No. DRAWING No. PARTS NAME QTY llllO!Al REMARK NOTE
21L08201(1/2) X2/Z2 COVER ASS'Y P15-1

7 s 4 10
9
T T
1JJ~---
u
•J
I
D r--'
y
1~-1 1~-~1 ,________,
I-
]f ][ ][
~
111..U:
r-
.oil ! ] I
l
-E
ln
t:p
J <j !<It
~
I
I
I
Li
I
• • • • • • • • • -$- -@j
l _n
1 l f jl
9
l -.- -.- T
9
r•JL l l~l
:0: :0: Il II
21L08201(2/2.) X2/Z2 COVER ASS'Y P15-2

3
.. .
1--
• . I
~ ~ • ,--- . •
,!~__.,___:
f
•• I" ; ~--~
i._·-_--_-_,___.__---;·. +
+ m.--
nP t
- 11--+----- --------------------- f--· - - - - - - -1-- -- - ----!---~~- -1-·---[ttetE- r--H-0-LE--::JJ_J__ _ _"' I: t-
i 10.4" LCD MDI UNIT F 1:
I lltfl__J_JL!L___!l~27~'2~0<~Hole~)L----Ll..J1~m~X<~S<~Ho1e~:t:l::::j:=~~r-'"i ~
:;i~ ~ ~
• • • •• • L..
f--- l
1 I-
I-:
r1
• r-+-H
I 11 1
f---
I
L9 p Io o o
~£1~1~~~~~~~~M:b======~
o o o o 1 o ~=~"====~=~hid f---,
1-1 ill ~u A~~

~ ,r
~ +{ ~ +~ , 1 ~IWI ~
- tb1 l
w
lI fY
f--- _ __g,,_~=-+-;H-:_o_o_o_o_o~~ ~
I
ITT ~-~ 82~
2 l' ;; p '---;,>.'.IIFPI ~" .\EP i ]7'

~ l~J___J-J f:\~}IL.j4,.
+ . . . H n r;v'
[] o o o <> o o o o o o o
_,h -0-
~
n
I! J
-~c;·
0
...
-'-'- .. , ~ Z2 r:nr:r 1T j
~- ~ ~ -;::;:? ./ =~ ...,,. ""Ir b"'=--=-dol"'""ll~""'l
~ ~wt~rL:.___=
~~~L~/=--/==:tt========11~~~~~+=====tt~~~~~==1rt=====+~~~~~t=====tRddit1 ~~~!!~~l~~~~----~ 1
lJ
2 ~ _J_ 11 prr ~ r.
r / I Im r- l
..
C2) llii: I I 1 1 i!hi ~l\:::ll

7 21 L8616 CABLE BRACKET 1 4 21L8107 LEFT FRONT COVER 1 I 2 21 L81 07 BRACKET 1
7-1 H506015 H.S.H BOLT 2 M6*15 4-1 H506015 H.S.H BOLT 9 M6*15 2-1 H516040 H.S.H BOLT 4 M16*40
6 21L8606 BRACKET 1 4-2 D125106 PLAINWASHER 9 2-2 D125108 PLAINWASHER 4
6-1 H506015 H.S.H BOLT 2 M6*15 4-3 D126206 SPRING WASHER 9 2-3 D126208 SPRING WASHER 4
6-2 D125106 PLAIN WASHER 2 3 21 L8138 COVER 1 1 21L8104A BRACKET 1
6-3 D126206 SPRING WASHER 2 3-1 H506015 H.S.H BOLT 9 M6*15 1-1 H516040 H.S.H BOLT 4 M16*40
5 21L8207 CUSHIN 1 3-2 D125106 PLAINWASHER 9 1-2 D125116 PLAINWASHER 4
5-1 H510030 H.S.HBOLT 1 M10*30 3-3 D126206 SPRINGWASHER 9 1-3 D126216 SPRINGWASHER 4
No DRAWING No. PARTS NAME QTY MATERIAL REMARK No DRAWING No. PARTS NAME QTY MATERIAL REMARK No DRAWING No. PARTS NAME QTY MATERIAL REMARK
1
21L08401 ( 1/5) 2ND COVER ASS Y P16-1
14 21L8614 MAIN COVER BRACKET
14-1H506015 H.S.H BOLT 4 M6*15
14-20125106 PLAIN WASHER 4
14-30126206 SPRING WASHER 4
13 21L8604A INNER CHIP COVER
13-1H506015 H.S.H BOLT 4 M6*15
13-20125106 PLAIN WASHER 4
13-30126206 SPRING WASHER 4
o+- 12 21L8127 FRONT CHIP COVER 1
' '
12-1H506015 H.S.H BOLT 5 M6*15
o+- 12-3 0125106 PLAIN WASHER 5
12-4 0126206 SPRING WASHER 5
o+- • • 11 21L8142 FRONT COVER
11-1 H506015 H.S.H BOLT 7 M6*15
11-2 0125106 PLAIN WASHER 7
11-4 358205 CUSHION RING 6
10 21 L8111 LEFT SIDE DOOR
10-1 H506015 H.S.H BOLT 2 M6*15
10- 0192207 HANDLE 2
9 21L8617 LEFT SIDE DOOR 1
9-1 H506015 H.S.H BOLT 2 M6*15
9-2 0192207 HANDLE 2
+ 8 21L8143A LEFT SIDE COVER 1
8-1 H506015 H.S.H BOLT 2 M6*15
/ 8-2 0125106 PLAIN WASHER 2
/
7 21L8132 OIL PAN 1
7-1 H506015 H.S.H BOLT 2 M6*15
. i' 7-3 0126208 SPRING WASHER 2
~ 6 21L8109 LEFT SIDE COVER 1
I '
I \
6-1 H506015 H.S.H BOLT 11 M6*15
\_)
5 21 L811 OB LEFT SIDE COVER
5-1 H506015 H.S.H BOLT 11 M6*15
4 21L8140 LEFT OIL PAN 1
4-1 H506015 H.S.H BOLT 3 M6*15
3 21L8122 SUPPORT BRACKET I
3-1 H512025 H.S.H BOLT 4 M12*25
2 21L8105A PROFILE SET 1
2-1 H506015 H.S.H BOLT 21 M6*15
21L8125 SUPPORT BRACKET 1
1-1 H512025 H.S.H BOLT 8 M12*25
No DRAWING l'~o. PARTS NAME QTY MAiERIAL REMARK NOTE
1
21 L08401 (2/5) 2ND COVER ASS Y P16-2
14 21L8017 FRONT CHIP GUIDE
14-1 H50615 H.S.H BOLT 5 M6*15
14-2 D125108 PLAIN WASHER 5
14-3 D126208 SPRING WASHER 5
13 21L8179 RIGHT SIDE COVER 1
13 21L81211 RIGHT SIDE COVER PART CATCHER
13-1 H506015 H.S.H BOLT 4 M6*15
11-1 H50615 H.S.H BOLT 2 M6*15
11-3 D192207 HANDLE 2
11 21L8119 RIGHT SIDE COVER
11-1 H50615 H.S.H BOLT 2 M6*15
11-3 D192207 HANDLE 2
10 21L8117 RIGHT SIDE COVER SMC
10 21L81171 RIGHT SIDE COVER STD.MC
10 21L81172 RIGHT SIDE COVER OPTION
10-1 H50615 H.S.H BOLT 7 M6*15
9-1 H50615 H.S.H BOLT 10 M6*15
8 21L8605 B-AXIS OIL PAN 1
8-1 H50615 H.S.H BOLT 2 M6*15
7 21L8608 B-AXIS OIL PAN 1
7-1 H50615 H.S.H BOLT 2 M6*15
6 21L8606 RIGHT OIL PAN 1
6-1 H50615 H.S.H BOLT 2 M6*15
5 21L8603 BRACKET 1
5-1 H506020 H.S.H BOLT 2 M6*20
4 21L8105A BRACKET 1
4-1 H506020 H.S.H BOLT 4 M6*20
3 21 L8115 BRACKET 1 SB34P
3-1 H510030 H.S.H BOLT 4 M10*30
2 I 21 L8112A BRACKET 1 SB34P
2-1 H516045 H.S.H BOLT 4 M16*45
1 21L8131A BRACKET 1 SB34P
1-1 H512030 H.S.H BOLT 2 M12*30
No DRAWING No. PARTS NAME QTY MATERIAL REMARK NOTE
21 L08401 (3/5) 2ND COVER ASS'Y P16-3

I
,-
0
I-
h
I [
i---: ii:
~ .: l========l:::l=l
[
·. ''.S._ ..... ·.· ,.. ,..,. ·.··+ ... • i,.;.···· .... ·······+ .
..,. ~:
+
f-+
$0 _ _ _ _ _ __._~H_,
1
t--·
~
21L8180A DOOR LOCK BRACKET 1 2 21L8225 DOOR TOP RAIL 1
H506010 H.S.H BOLT 2 M6*10 2-1 H506015 H.S.H BOLT 8 M6*15
4-2 0125106 PLAIN WASHER 2 2-2 0125106 PLAIN WASHER 8
4-3 D126206 SPRING WASHER 2 2-3 0126206 SPRING WASHER 8
3 21 L8181 A DOOR LOCK BRACKET 1 1 21L8102 FRONT COVER 1
3-1 H506015 H.S.H BOLT 2 M6*15 1-1 H506015 H.S.H BOLT 10 M6*15
3-2 D125106 PLAIN WASHER 2 1-2 D125106 PLAIN WASHER 10
3-3J 0126206 SPRING WASHER 2 11-3 0126206 SPRING WASHER 10
DRAWING No. QTY MATERIAL REMARK No DRAWING No. QTY MATERIAL REMARK 21 L08401 (4/5) 2ND COVER ASS'Y P16-4
PARTS NAME --·
PARTS NAME
.lJ
;
" "
• ~ +
I-
+
+
DD
•
I DCF 28S
~-----
I ~ ~
0 Or + -0 0 +
• ~
I _[IC:::>.~- ._ + I
--<r
I )n I
l + +
0 0 0 0 '--------------
¢
Cf'! • ~
----- ----.:±-- --- t-1 t-
\8=rt )
___L ___L
0
~
H
~~~Lj cI~)~c:
U'D
lil 0
,( L
jT jT'l i
i l ]J;[
I
~
::du:' J} I 1 EJ 1'
lJ
I 2 21L8194 ·BACK DOOR

2-1 21L8196 WINDOW 1 polycarbonale
2-2 21L8195 WINDOW PLATE
2-3 D192207 HANDLE
2-4 H506015 H.S.H BOLT 4 M6•15
1 21L81281 BACK COVER
3 21L8129 BACK DOOR 1-1 H506015 H.S.H BOLT 12 M6•15
3-1 D192207 HANDLE I M6•15 1-2 D125116 PLAIN WASHER 6
3-2 H506015 H.S.H BOLT 4 1-3 D126216 I SPRING WASHER 6
No DRAWING No. PARTS NAME QTY MATERIAL REMARK No R_R_AWING No. PARTS NAME QTY MATERIAL REMARK 21 L08401 (5/5) 2ND COVER ASS'Y P16-5
3
+ + + +
566524 FLANGE 566523 FLANGE DETAIL "A"

S=2:1 S=2:1
S=1: 1
+ +
A
::
::
::
::
::
1-1
::
5 D192207 HANDLE
4 H506012 CUSSION
4-1 H506012 H.S.H BOLT 4 M6x12
2-8 H506012 H.S.H BOLT 4 M6x12
2-7 D192201 HANDLE
2-6 H506012 H.S.H BOLT 4 M6x12
2-5 25Y8309 FLANGE SM45C
566523 FLANGE SM45C 4
H506025 H.S.H BOLT M6x25
H1010 SPRING PLUNGER PL10
H106025 SET SCREW M6x25
566524 FLANGE SM45
H506012 H.S.H BOLT 4 M6•12
25Y8309 FLANGE SM45
1-1 H506012 H.S.H BOLT 4 M6•12
NO PART NO PART NAME MATERIAL Q'ty REMARK
21L08301 OP BOX SET P17

i
'
11 11
DETAIL C
i
JI I I I I
- - -}-t-:- - --- - - - - - - - -- -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- --:-+-:- ---------------------------------------
1 I I I JI
I
I
I
JI
I I
I!
l I
I
/
I I I I! I
I I J I I I
I I l I It
! J j I I I
I I! I It
! I! I I I
I 11 I I I
I I I I I I
11 11
DETAIL A
I I I I l I
1 \
'·I
Computerized Numerical Control
15 0192204 HANDLE 1
15-1 H508015 H.S.H BOLT 2 MB
14 030501 BUSH 2
14-1 H508020 H.S.H BOLT 2 MB
H-1 0130008 HEXAGON NUT 2 MB
13 108203 COLLAR 2
12 030600110 BEARING 2 6001ZZ
DETAIL "811 11
10
030499
030000628
ROLLAR
BEARING
2
2 628ZZ
10-1 0130006 HEXAGON NUT 2 M6
10-2 0125106 PLAIN WASHER 4 M6
10- 0126106 PLAIN WASHER 4 M6
CJ
9 21 LB134 SHAFT 2 SM45C
s 21 LB133 BRACKET 2 SCP1
8-1 H506015 H.S.H BOLT 4 M6
7 030000628 BEARING 2 628ZZ
"c" 7-1
7-2
7-3
0130006
0125106
HEXAGON NUT
PLAIN WASHER
PLAIN WASHER
2
4
4
M6
M6
0126106 M6
.-- 6 21 LB134 SHAFT 2 SM45C
j~· »~ I\ /" GLASS
s 21 LB204 WINDOW 1
4 21 LB203 WINDOW ACRIL 1 ACRI
3 21 LB205 PACKING 3 RUBflR
2 21LB201 WINDOW PLATE 1 SPC1
2-1 S30601 MACHINE SCREW 16 M6
1 21LB101 DOOR 1 SPC1
No. DRAWING No. PARTS NAME QlY MATERIAl REMARK NOTE
21L08201 MAIN DOOR ASS'Y P18

-----11
I I
I I
11
I I
I I
I I
l i:
I I
I I 11
f
I
I
I I
I
;
I I
I I
I I
I
<
J ~~~~~~~;
I I
"
11
f
•
I I
I I
I
I
I I
I I I
I I
I I I
1 I
I
I
I I I
11
1
I I
I
I
I I
I
I
I
I
I I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I
11
I I
I I
f ::
:i
I I
I I
I I
I
11
I I
I I I
I I
11
I I
I I
II
I I
I I
II 14 11l811l TANK COVER

H[X SOCKH (Ar S(R[W
SPC1
4-1 H506015 4 M6x15
13 11lm8A TANK COVER 1 SPC1
3-1 H506015 H[X SO(K[] rAr S(R[W 3 M6x15
12 21l8806 TANK CHUTE1 1 SPC1
2-1 H506011 HlX SOCKH lAr SlR[W 6 M6x15
11 2Jl8801 TANK CHUTE2 SPf 1
11-1 H\06015 Hlx socm rAr srnlw 6 M6x15
10 11lm4A TANK COVER 1 SP(1
0-1 H50W11 H[X SO(Kfl rAr S(R[W 3 M6x15
9 0181712 NIPPLE 2 3/4"-1/2"
8 017140] [HECK VAl VE 2 PT 4/3"
7 0181801 NIPPlE 2 1x3/ 4
6 0111406 ELBOW 2 1"
s S(61n1 COOLANT PUMP 2 ACP-400F A-RYUNG
S-1 H\08010 ~rx somr rAr smw 4 M8x20

4 D1641U4 OIL WINDOW 1 M10Pl5
msuJ flLTER 2 SP((
2 21l8802A PUMP ST AND SPU,SS400
2-1 H506011 H[X sorm rAr srnrw 4 M6x15
21l8801A TANK 1 S(Pl
1400
2180
1-1 H\06011 H[X SO(Kfl lAr S(R[W 20 M6x15
1-2 H616060 H[X SO(KH rAr SlR[W s M16x60
1-3 01l0116 NUT s M16
No DF:A\vlNG No PARTS NAME QTY MAJ[RIAl REMARK NOTE
21 L08801 (1 /3) COOLANT TANK ASS'Y P19-1

3100
0
0
N
'~
!I i
i
11
flI
i
I
11
~
r 21 L08801 (2/3) I COOLANT TANK ASS Y P19-2

0
00
;:::;
~~~----"--1'111111~~~=--[~~~
I! I:~~
1
111''.__~
I
~~~~~~~J_;;_;;..~~;~~c-~~~~~]~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~J_J,'ci==='-' J I \!:rr__ _
J--- ----~~-~~ ~~ ~--=:--_-*~~- - -1- ~"-~_-u_·-1-'-:-~ --~-~- --- ----- -~±- r; --t ~ -----~---~---~ _-_ ~1-- -
- ---------------3 I
r
1j 1r~
- ----- -_-_- ------=--
164
'~,r~ ~-- ~---=-----_-_ ~ _--=1----1---IL_ _--

1
--- -,,0-0 - - - -- - - - ----e__ _- ------=------=------=------=----_ - --- -- --ii-
21 L08801 (3/3) I COOLANT TANK ASS Y

1
P19-3
--- --11
I I
I I
11
I I
I I
11
I I
I I
11
I I
I I
II
I I
I I
11
I I I
I I I
I
!01 11
I I I
~ I I
ii
f
l
I I
j II
.:
I I
i I I
I I
I I
/
r~=~r-----
, I 11
I I
I I
I I
I I I I 14 TANK COVER 1 SP(1
14-1 H[X SO(KH rAr S(R[W 3 M6x15
i, !!
I I I 13 mm TANK COVER SP(1
3-1 H[X SO(KH (AP S(R[W 4 M6x15
//ii 12 Lll8806 TANK CHUTE1 1 SP(1
if! i I I
2-1 H[X SO(KH (AP S(R[W 6 M6x15
I
I I
I
11 TANK CHUTE2 SP[1
l 1 l
11-1 H[X SO(K[l lAP SlR[W 6 M6x15
10 m804A TANK COVER 1 SP(1
9 NIPPLE 3/4"-1/2"
017140j CHECK VALVE PT 4/3"
0181801 NIPPLE 1x3/ 4
6 El BOW 1"
5 S(6m1 (OOLANT PUMP 1 ACP-400F A-RYUNG
5-1 H[X SO(K[l (AP SlR[W 4 M8x20

4 0164104 Oil WINDOW 1 M10Pl5
3 FILTER 2 SP((
PUMP ST AND SPl[,SS400
1400 TANK 1 S(P1
2180 1-1 H[X som1 (AP S(R[W 20 M6x15
1-2 H616060 H[X SO(KH lAP S(R[W s M16x60
10 6 1-3 OB011b NUT s M16
No ORA WING No PARTS NAME QTY HAJ[RIAl REMARK NOTE
1
21 L08802(1 /3) COOLANT TANK ASS Y( 1TURRET) P20-1
3100
-
0
0
N
'~
II
i
!flI I I
/i
I I
II
~
21 L08802(2/3) COOLANT TANK ASS'Y(1TURRET) P20-2

@
.__1---mttl~~~~~==i--:==t~~~~r-t--~---~ p===~
I
L _______ ,
r- - - - . l
l!_ ___ _ ____ _1r---- I "°1
I ~--------- -------------~---J~
1
,-----------------.
I
I
I
I
,--
I
I
I
I
c:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: :::::: Il
I
1
I
11--·--1
I I I I
I I I
I
I I
----i I I
I
I
I
I I
:
I
L-1-~-
--~
~---"= i=====
0
ro
N
I I I
I
; ~----- I
~[_ __== ________ J-_)___ 1

II Ii! : I'
"'
"
-.--- .- !t- -F---=---_--=----=---_---= ---:r- - ---r:

I I
I ; I
- -- --- - - L'.__ - - _-_------=---_------=---_------=---_------=---_--- - -- -- --±J-

3100
21 L08802(3/3) COOLANT TANK ASS'Y(1TURRET) P20-3

--~--11
I I
I I
11
I I
I I
11
I I
I I
11
I I
I I
11
I I
I I
11
I I
I I
11
I I
I I
11
I I
I I
11
14 mm TANK COVER 1 SP[1
4-1 H506015 HfX SO[KH (AP srnrw 4 M6x1S
13 21l880~A TANK COVER 1 SP[1
3-1 H50601~ H[X SO(K[l (AP SfR[W 3 M6x1S
12 21l8806 TANK GUIDE SP[1
12-1 H5060fi H[X SO(KH (AP SfR[W 6 M6x1S
11 21l8805 TANK GUIDE 1 SP[1
1-1 H50601) H[X somr msrnrw 6 M6x1S
10 21l8804A TANK COVER SP[1
H506015 H[X SOlKH (AP SlR[W 4 M6x1S
9 018l205 NIPPLE 2 3/4"
8 011140] CHECK VAL VE 2 PT 4/3"
1
a 0 7
6
0182801
011)406
NIPPLE
ELBOW
2
2
1x3/ 4
r
s 016000ij11 COOLANT PUMP 2 ACP-2200HMF A-RY UNG
5-1 H508020 HfX SO(K[J (AP SfR[W 4 M8x20

4 0164104 OIL WINDOW 1 M10PlS
3 21l8803 FILTER 2 S[P1
2 21l8801A PUMP STANO S(P1
2-1 H506015 ttrx somr (AP srnrw 4 M6x1S
21l8801A TANK 1 SCP1
1400
1-1 H506015 H[X SO(K[J (AP srnrw 20 M6x1S
1-2 H616060 HfX SO(KH lAP SfR[W 5 M16x60
1-3 01l0116 NUT 5 M16
1
No DRAWING No PARTS NAME QTY MAJrnlAL REMARK NOTE
~-----------'----------------------~21L08803(1 /3) 6BAR COOLANT TANK ASS'Y P21-1

3100
====================================================I
----------------------------------------------------c~-~~~~~
~h TI ==:_:_:_:_~_rL:_~::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::n
"
----------------------------------------------------;------ ------~----------------------------------------
I
i ==========================================================
====================================================~=~=i~~-~~...,,.".../JJ~~~~~~=================================~r=~~=~j l
I)
I
11
I
r __ !L _.r.i ___ _ ____ __rj:'J.J~
•
1---- -
I ---------;
I I -----1 I
i:-.:-.:-_:-_:-_:-_:-_:-.r1
I
l
j
!I r-,--1
I
I
I
I
I
I
)
I' _____ _)
I I I I I
I r-1 L
'' 1 I I
I
!I ,ii, ,-
I
,,, ,,,
I I
------,' I
I
I
I
j
~
I
I I
I
,, I I
''
11 ----'
I
'
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
e,, ,I
,, ,
,, ,
..-------------T I
~
i
I I
I I
111
11 L_
I
J
j
' 1 I I
__ _J'
1
1---'
I
I J L _
,--------r- £P! __ _
1
l _I_ _ _,) I
11 ' I I ---
I L __ _J' ~--~I
1 I
I
1 )
I 'k
fT
iI
I
I
I
'-------------------------------
u
' I
I
I
I I
~
r---p _____ _j
I
0
0
N
I
•
1
.r--
' I '
~ '
----------------------t-----
11
r----
1
I' ''
I'----
II
II
'
I'
I
IIiI ---------------------i=~=====~~======
L __ _J
' I
===========================~
I
I
I
I
I
i I I
I
II I I
L--------------------------------------------
I
; 1----1
---------------------------J
;----;
I
: I :
-=~ =}~-:_--- :_- ~- :_--~~~-~-----~-~~-~-~-~~-~~-~-:_--~~----~-t!---:_--~-~-- - - ~~-~-~-~~-~~~-~-~-~-~-~-~~-~-~-t-_-~-~~ I I
??????J~~~~i;;;;~-;-;-;-;;~~~?iiiii?~~i~~~~~~~~~-~-~~~- ~~~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~ ~~ ~~ ~ ~ ~ + ~
2950
21 L08803(2/3) 6BAR COOLANT TANK ASS'Y P21-2

I
Ir
I
I
I
I
I I
I -~
l
I -~
L_ - -
3100
21 L08803(3/3) 6BAR COOLANT TANK ASS'Y P21-3

-------'--------- ------
i]·,- -·· · · · :-l\
T
21 L8901 CHIP CONVEYOR

0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
111
..
820313001 CHIP CART
1
21L08901 CHIP CONVEYOR ASS Y P22
235 934
208.5 300 330 300 /
+ + +
/
/
/
0 lD
lD (".)
/
/
-------------
- -- IB- IB-_
- IL. - _-..J_
oooe- --- --- -----
2
------ -
r-
rrln
-*-
~ I ~~ ~~ . IT
I
l[IT
111
I 11 I
111
I
111
Jlu
• • • • • • •• • •
~- L _________ _
-- ----- --
- - ·---....._ - - -
--------
- - - - __L--- -
421L7704 AiR SOL VIV SET SMC

4-1 H504030 H.S.H BOLT
1-----+------+--
4
3 21L7702 COVER SCP1
3-1 H506015 H.S.H BOLT 8
2 21 L7703 CYLINDER SET 1 CA2L50-790-Z73 SMC
2-1 H508020 H.S.H BOLT 4
2-4 D130108 HEXAGON NUT 4
1 21 L7701 BRACKET 1
1-1 H508020 H.S.H BOLT 2
21 L07701 AUTO DOOR ASS'Y P23
! 1-t- ~rrr
1 l
+
J
14 21L6516 STOPPER SB34P

H512040 llX SOCKH lAP S[R[W 3 M12x40
13 21L6517 CAPFLEX SCP1 CDP 028 WSO RSO KODUCT
H504020 IEX Sim! (AP ICRl:W 4 M4x20
12 21L6SBA BRACKET SCP1
H506020 IEX SOCKH (AP ICRl:W 4 M6x20
11 21L6507 BRACKET SCP1
HS08020 IEX SOCKH (AP ICRl:W 4 M8x20
10 21L6S04 COVER 1 S(Pl
H506015 IEX Sim! CAP l{ll[W 4 M6x15
9 21L6508 HAND 1 H[ Ll~E
HS06025 IEX SOCKH CAP l{ll[W 4 M6x25
8 21L6511 AIR JAW 1 SMC
HS06020 IEX Sim! (AP ICRl:W 2 M6x20
7 21L6501 BRACKET SCP1
HS08020 IEX SOCKH (AP ICRl:W 4 M8x20
HAND 6 21L6502 JOINT
MHK.2-250 (SMC)
H508020 IEX SOCKH (AP ICRl:W M8x20

s 21L6510 ROTARY CYLINDER 1 CORA 1BS 100-90( SMC
H512020 IEX Sim! CAP l{ll[W 4 M12x20
4 21L6503 BRACKE! 1
HS10025 IEX SOCKH CAP ICRl:W 4 M10x25
5 3 21L6505 BRACKET FC250
HS10025 IEX sran (AP l{ll[W
4 M10x25
2 21L6509 RODLESS CYLINDER 1 MY2HT 40G-300H SH(
9
HS10030 IEX Sim! CAP l{ll[W 4 M10x50
21L6506 BRACKET 1
HS08025 IEX SOCKH CAP ICRl:W 4 M8x25
No. DRAWING No. PARTS NAME QTY llAIER!Al REMARK NOTE
21 L06501 (1 /3) PARTS CATCHER ASS'Y

, __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _L __ _ _ _ _..:_____:.___L.__.... --·-
P24-1
3
+ +
3 21l8022 COVER
H506015 H[X sornn (AP S(R[W 3 M6x15
2 l1l6518 BRACKET 1
H506015 H[X socm (AP SlR[W 4 M6x15
21l81392 RIGHT INNER COVER
H506015 fU solm lAP smw 11 M6x15
No. DRAWING No. PARTS NAME QTY MATERIAl REMARK NOTE
21L06501 (2/3) PARTS CATCHER ASS'Y P24-2

--~~- -
CJ
4 21LB1191 RIGHT SID[ covrn

H506015 llX SOCKH (AP S[R[W 4 M6x1S
3 21L81172 RIGHT SIDE covrn 1
H506015 11x smr rAP srocw 7 M6x1S
2 21L6515 WORK WNVEYOR 1
H506020 llX SOCKH (AP SfRf:W 7 M6x20
21L6512 AIR PANEL SMC
H506020 llX SOCKH CAP SfRf:W 4 M6x20
No. DRAWING No. PARTS NAME QTY HA][RIAL REMARK NOTE
21L06501 (3/3) PARTS CATCHER ASS'Y P24-3

21L1901 TOOL PRESETTER {2-TURRET)
21L19011 TOOL PRESETTER {1-TURRET)
~
. t .
MM
I
J
I I
I I
I I
I I
I J
I I
I I
I I
I I
-------~ r-------
-------,1 Ir-------
1 I
I I
I I
J J
J I
J I
I I
+ I I
I I
J I
+
I
-~ ---- - --------•----------- -----~ - _j__
I
_j_ -----•-
*
+ + + +
P25-1
St us fxttnskm 110191080261
STYLUS ASSEMBLY DIAGRAM
21L1901A TOOL PRESETTER (2-TURRET)
90
CABlE COHN£CTOR HOLE
21 L01901 (2/3) TOOL PRESETTER ASS'Y P25-2

St lus Extension 11019108026}
STYLUS ASSEMBLY DIAGRAM
21L19011 A TOOL PRESETTER ( 1-TURRET)
90
CABLE CONNECTOR HOlE
21 L01901 (3/3) TOOL PRESETTER ASS'Y P25-3

+ + + +
~ r··········································.. ···································-···································,
•••o••••••••••••••••••••••--•••••••••••••••••••••••--••••••••••••••••••••••••••--• .. H • H • • • - - • 0 0 0 0 0 0 . . . -. . . . . . . . . ,,'.
~ ~ ~ i;,;.l.j.61.. J
I
I
+r····..,.~1~---~~,.,.,..__,~...,,,...,._..,ff""'1
~ ~ ------ ~ !
~oooo . . oooooooOOHOOOOOOOOooooooOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOoOOOOOOOOOOH . . OoOoooooooooOooooooOOOo . . . . OoooooOOOOOOOOO••oooooooooJ
3 SC4799 SAFETY SWITCH 1

3-1 H504045 H.S.H BOLT 4 M4•45
2 21L81801 INTER LOCK BRACKET 1
2-1 H504015 H.S.H BOLT 2 M8•20
21L81811 INTER LOCK BRACKET 1
1-1 H506015 H.S.H BOLT 3 M6•15
No DRAWING No. PARTS NAME QTY MATER!~ REMARK NOTE
21L07801 DOOR INTERLOCK ASS'Y P26

SPINDLE-1 TURRET C/UNCLAMP
21L7504 21 L7506 (2 TURRET)
SOL VIV SET 21L75061 (1 TURRET)
SPINDLE-2 SOL VIV SET
21L7505
01662021150 N.T HOSE(3/8"
SOL VIV SET
p 01662021150 N.T HOSE(3/8"

p p p p
01662023900 N.T CONNECTOR HOSE(3/8")

01662021500 N.T HOSE(3/8") 01662023900 N.T CONNECTOR HOSE(3/8")
A B
01662023600 N.T HOSE(3/8" 21L7509 :·· 01666021550 FLEXIBLE CONNECTOR HOSE(3/8")

01662011600 . HOSE(1/4") · : 21 L7511 :·· BRACKET l_ __
016620203550 N.T HOSE(3/8" 01666021500 FLEXIBLE CONNECTOR HOSE(3/8")
_ _J'BRACKET L
' __
016620202500 N.T HOSE(l/4")
01662022000 N.T HOSE(3/8")
01662020700 N.T HOSE(3/8" 21L7510 :·· 01662023900 N.T CONNECTOR HOSE(3/8")

Rd/8 BRACKET l_ __
01662020800 NT HOSE(3/8" 016620204050 N.T CONNECTOR HOSE(3/8")
ON ON
<:=
OPEN
CLOSE OPEN i
- _J h,_ ~ ~ ~
I _J """'SC11179 RUBBER HOSE(1") CLAMP UNCLAMP CLAMP UNCLAMP

___---i , - - - - - - - - - - -
0165504 VINYL HOSE(1") REAR TURRET FRONT TURRET
I I 01662022600 N.T CONNECTOR HOSE(3/8")
I 01662022400 N.T CONNECTOR HOSE(3/8")
01662024 700 N.T CONNECTOR HOSE(3/8")
I
I
01662021600 N.T CONNECTOR HOSE(3/8") TURRET INDEX IT/MILL GEAR CHANGE

21L7514 (2 TURRET)
21L75141 (1 TURRET)
SOL VIV SET
01662011000 N.T CONNECTOR HOSE( 1I4")
p
01667023500 FLEXIBLE HOSE(¢6)
! 60l B A
L_ ____________________________________________ _j
21 L7509 :·· 01667021600 FLEXIBLE HOSE(¢6)
BRACKET l_ __
HY'U UNIT 01667021550 FLEXIBLE HOSE(¢6)
21 L7501 (2-TURRET)
21 L75011 (1TMC) 01667025500 FLEXIBLE HOSE( ¢6)
21 L75012 (HME CE) 01667025500 FLEXIBLE HOSE(¢6)
21L7510 :·· /01667023300 FLEXIBLE HOSE(¢6)
BRACKET l_ __ /01667023300 FLEXIBLE HOSE(¢6)
REAR TURRET FRONT TURRET

(GEAR SHAFT) (GEAR SHAFT)
21L07501(1/8) HYDRAULIC ASS'Y P10-1

SPINDLE-1 TURRET C/UNCLAMP
21L7504 21L7506 (2 TURRET)
SOL VIV SET
21L75061 (1 TURRET)
SPINDLE-2 SOL VIV SET
21L7505
01662021150 N.T HOSE(3/8"
SOL VIV SET
p p p p 01662021150 N.T HOSE(3/8"

p

01662021500 N.T HOSEl3/8")
A B
01662023600 NT HOSEl3/8" 21L7509 :-- 01666021550 FLEXIBLE CONNECTOR HOSE(3/8")
01662011600. HOSE(1/4") -:21L7511 :-- BRACKET l_ __
016620203550 N.T HOSE(3/8" 01666021500 FLEXIBLE CONNECTOR HOSE(3/8")
_ _J'BRACKET L
' __
016620202500 N.T HOSE(l/4")
01662022000 N.T HOSE(3/8")
01662020700 N.T HOSE(3/W 21L7510 :-- 01662023900 N.T CONNECTOR HOSE(3/8")

Rc3/8 BRACKET l_ __
01662020800 N.T HOSEl3/8" 016620204050 N.T CONNECTOR HOSE(3/8")
OFF
ON ON
¢=
OPEN
CLOSE I OPEN
~SC11179
=:> ¢= =:>
I - _J- _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _J RUBBER HOSE(1") CLAMP UNCLAMP CLAMP UNCLAMP
_...--i I -
0165504 VINYL HOSE(1") __.. ; I REAR TURRET FRONT TURRET
I 01662022400 N.T CONNECTOR HOSE(3/8")
01662024 700 N.T CONNECTOR HOSE(3/8") J
I
01662021600 N.T CONNECTOR HOSE(3/8") TURRET INDEX I T /MILL GEAR CHANGE

21L7514 (2 TURRET)
21L75141 (1 TURRET)
SOL VIV SET
01662011000 N.T CONNECTOR HOSE( 1/4")
p
B A
21 L7509 :--
BRACKET i__ __
HY'U UNIT 01667021550 FLEXIBLE HOSE(¢6)
21L7501 (2-TURRET)
21 L75011 (1TMC) 01667025500 FLEXIBLE HOSE(¢6)
21 L75012 (HME CE) 01667025500 FLEXIBLE HOSE(¢6)
21L7510 :-- 01667023300 FLEXIBLE HOSE(¢6)
BRACKET i__ __ 01667023300 FLEXIBLE HOSE(¢6)
¢=
REAR TURRET FRONT TURRET

!GEAR SHAFT) !GEAR SHAFT)
21 L07501 (1/10) HYDRAULIC ASS'Y P10-1

21L7501 HY'D UNIT SET
N D T E
57
l.Q.Mux :39LPMC1800rpM) 56
55
2.Q.nor :25LPMC1800rpM)
54 P-BLOCK GBP-01 GABO
3.P.Mux :55kg/ CM2(u t 25LPM) 53 DAMPER GDPT-02 K s
52
4.P.nor :40kg/ CM2(u t 25LPM) S-ELBOW PT3/4" K s
51
5.EL" SORCE :03*220V 50 KIPPLE PT3/4"-100L K s
49 SOCKET PT3/4" 1 K s
48 HOSE COUPLING PT3/4" 2 K s
47 TEE PTl/2" 4 K s
46 HOSE ADAPTER PT1/2"•PF3/8"•90" 2 K s
45 HOSE ADAPTER PT1/2"•PF3/8" 4 K s
44 PT NIPPLE PT 1/2" 4 K s
43 HOSE ADAPTER PTl/ 4 "•PFl/ 4" •90° 2 K s
42 SEAMLESS PIPE <!>6•300L K s
41 FITTING BMC06-02 2 K s
40 BUSH I KG PTl/2' -PTl/ 4" 2 K s
39
PRESSURE GAGE <!> 63• lOOK-40 WIKA
38
37 RETURK BUSH 3/4" SHC
36 RETURK FILTER RA-06 SHC
35 SPRING WASHER MIO 4 K s
34 HEX BOLT M10•30L 4 K s
33 RETURK BUSH GF-02 SHC
32 SEAMLESS PI PE <!> 12•600 K s
31 SEAl!LESS PI PE <!> 12•700 1 K s
30 MALE COKNECTOR BMC12-03R 3 K s
29 EYE liUT MIO 4 K s
27 NIPPLE 3/4"(LONG) 1 GABO
26 2175161 MGNET GMS-60 GABO
25 P'f-BLOCK BRK" S.P GABO
24 HEX SOCKET BOLT M6•60L 4 K s
23 P'f-BLOCK BRK" S.P 1 GABO
22 4 K s
21 K s
20 l'TnING PT 1/2 K s
19 LI KE CHECK V/V CIT-05 YUKEN
18 HOSE ADAPTER PTl/2"-PFl/2"-90° K s
17 HYD" HOSE 2W-3/4•450L K s
16 SUCTJOK FLANGE GSF-06(AR22) GABO
15 PLUG PTl/2 K s
14 KIPPLE 3/4" K s
13 SUCTJOK FILTER SE-06-72-'.tl2 K s
12 ELROll 3/4" K s
11 SUCTJ Oli Pl PE 3/4 "•450L GABO
10 TE\!P. OJ L LEVEL G/G FLT-127 Hl-PO\IER
09 AIR BREATHER AB-1163-40 SHC
---------------.
08 SUCTJ OK BLOCK GSB-06 GABO
"' I
''
---+-
> ' 07 PISTON PUMP AR22-F-R-Ol- YUK EN
J '
~--------------!
06 AL COUPLING 095 SEA HEA
05 COUPLJ KG HOUS l NG 3.7K\V•4P GABO
04 E-\IOTOR 3.7KW•4P•220/380 OTIS
03 RADIATOR SQI-01 OLAER
02 COVER s p GABO
01 OIL TAl\K 60 LITER GABO
No REF.NO. DESCRIPTION SPEC. &MAT Q'TY REMARK
21 L07501(2/10) HYDRAULIC ASS Y

1
P10-2
N 0 T E
l.Q.r1ux :39LPMC1800rpr1)
2.Q.nor :25LPMC1800rpr1)
3.P.r1ux :55kg/ crt2Cu t 25LPM)
4.P.nor :40kg/ cr12Co t 25LPM)
21L75011 HY'D UNIT SET(1 TMC)
~ i 5.EL" SORCE :03*220V
47 TEE PTl/2" 2
46 HOSE ADAPTER PT1/2"•PF1/2"•90" 3
45 HOSE ADAPTER PTl/2" •PFl/2" 3
44 PT NIPPLE PT 1/2" 2
43 GAGE BRACKET SP
42 SEAMLESS PIPE <l>6•300L 1
41 FITIING BMC06-02 2
40 GAGE COCK GCT-02 YUK EN
39
38 PRESSURE GAGE <l> 63• lOOK-40 WIKA
37 RETURN BUSH 3/4" SHC
36 RETURN FILTER RA-06 SHC
35 SPRING WASHER MlO 4 K s
34 HEX BOLT Ml0•30L 4 K s
33 RETURN BUSH GF-02 SHC
32 SEAMLESS PIPE <l> 12•600 K s
31 SEAMLESS PIPE <l> 12•700 1 K s
30 MALE CONNECTOR BMC12-03R 3 K s
29 EYE NUT MlO 4 K s
27 NIPPLE 3/4"(LONG) GABO
26 MAGNET GMS-60 GABO
25 PT-BLOCK BR!\'' S.P GABO
24 HEX SOCKET BOLT M6•60L K s
23 PT-BLOCK BRK" S.P GABO
22 4 K s
21 1 K s
20 FI TI ING PT 1/2 K s
19 LI NE CHECK V/V CIT-03 YUKEN
18 HOSE ADAPTER PTl/2"-PFl/2"-90" K s
@ 17
16
HYD" HOSE
SUCTION FLANGE
2\V-3/ 4•450L
GSF-06
K
GABO
s
8 15
14
13
PLUG
NIPPLE
SUCTION FILTER
PTl/2
3/4"
SE-06-72-Ml2
K
K
K
s
s
s
12 ELBOW 3/4" K s
11 SUCTION PIPE S.P GABO
10 TEMP. OIL LEVEL G/G C-127 HI-POWER
09 AIR BREATHER AB-1163-40 SHC
08 SUCTION BLOCK GSB-06(Vl5) GABO
07 PISTON PUMP Vl5AlRY-95 DAIKIN
06 AL COUPLING 095 SEA flEA
05 COUPLING HOUSING 2.2K\1•4P% GABO
04 E-MOTOR 2. 2K\V•4P•220/380 OTIS
02 COVER s p GABO
01 OIL TANK 60 LITER GABO
No DESCRIPTION SPEC. &MAT Q'TY REMARK
21 L07501(3/10) HYDRAULIC ASS'Y P10-3

21L75012 HY'D UNIT SET(CE)
NDT E
57 NIPPLE PTl 4" K s
l.Q.Mo.x :39LPMC1800rpM) 56 TEE PTl/4" K s
55 PRESSURE S/IV PMM50A STAUFF
2.Q.nor :25LPMC1800rpM)
54 P-BLOCK GBP-01 GABO
3.P.Mo.X :55kg/ CM2(o. t 25LPM) 53 DAi\IPER GDPT-02 1 K s
52 SERVICE ELBOW PTl/4" 2 K s
4.P.nor :40kg/ cM2(o. t 25LPM)
51 S-ELBOW PT3/4" K s
5.EL" SORCE :~3*220V 50 NIPPLE PT3/4"-100L K s
49 SOCKET PT3/4" K s
48 HOSE COUPLING PT3/4" 2 K s
47 TEE PTl/2" 4 K s
46 HOSE ADAPTER PT1/2"•PF3/8''*90° 2 K s
45 HOSE ADAPTER PT1/2"•PF3/8" 4 K s
44 PT NIPPLE PT I/2" 4 K s
43 HOSE ADAPTER PTI/ 4 "•PFI/4 "•90° 2 K s
42 SEAi\ILESS PI PE <P6•300L K s
4I FITTING BMC06-02 2 K s
40 BUSHING PTI/2 '-PTI/ 4" 2 K s
39
PRESSURE GAGE <P63•100K-40 WIKA
38
37 RETURN BUSH 3/4" SHC
36 RETURN FILTER RA-06 SHC
C E TYPE SPRING WASHER MIO 4 K s
35
33 RETURN BUSH GF-02 SHC
32 SEAi\ILESS PI PE cf> I2•600 K s
3I SEAMLESS PIPE cf> I2•700 I K s
30 MALE CONNEC1DR BMCI2-03R 3 K s
29 EYE NUT MIO 4 K s
27 NIPPLE 3/4"(LONG) GABO
26 2I75I6I MAGNET GMS-60 I GABO
25 PT-BLOCK BRK" S.P I GABO
24 HEX SOCKET BOLT M6•60L 4 K s
23 PT-BLOCK BRK" S.P GABO
22 4 K s
2I K s
20 FITTING PT I/2 K s
I9 LI NE CHECK V/V CIT-05 YUKEN
18 HOSE ADAPTER PTI/2"-PFI/2"-90" K s
I7 HYD" HOSE 2\V-3/4•450L K s
I6 sum ON FLANGE GSF-06(AR22) GABO
IS PLUG PTI/2 K s
I4 NIPPLE 3/4" K s
I3 SUCTION F ILTER SE-06-72-MI2 K s
I2 ELBOW 3/4" K s
II SUCTION PIPE 3/4''*450L GABO
IO TEMP. OIL LEVEL G/G FLT-I27 HI-POWER
09 AIR BREATHER AB-II63-40 SBC
'' 08 SUCTION BLOCK GSB-06 GABO
<-+~~-~-+-
07 PISTO!\ PUMP AR22-F-R-OI- YUKEN
'
- - ------------J
06 AL COUPLING 095 SEA HEA
05 COUPLI NG HOUS I NG 3.7KW•4P GABO
04 E-MOTOR 3.7KIV•4P•220/380 OTIS
02 COVER s p GABO
01 OIL TANK 60 LITER GABO
No · REF .NO. DESCRIPTION SPEC. &MAT Q'TY REMARK
21 L07501(4/10) HYDRAULIC ASS'Y P10-4

@
~-----------1
' '
' '
@
@
01 08
@@ @@
@)
CHUCK C1 AXIS BRAKE
21L7504 HY'D VALVE SET(SPINDLE-2)

14 H.S.H BOLT M5*45 4 K. S
13 HOSE ADAPTER PT.PF1/4"*90° 1 HYUPDONG
12 BUSHING PT 3/8'-PT1/4" HYUPDONG
11 HYUPDONG
10 D183303 HOSE ADAPTER PT.PF3/8"*45° 2 HYUPDONG
'' 09 D178103
08 D180609
,,-07 D180403
06 . D1S08U7
PLUG
MAIL CONNECTOR
H.S.H BOLT
HOSE ADAPTER
HOSE ADAPTER
SOLENOID VALVE
PT3/8"
BMC06-02
M5*85
PT.PF3/8"*90° ~L
PT.PF3/8"*90°
KSO-G02-2BP-30-E
3
4
1
1
HYUPDONG
HYUPDONG
K. S
HYUPDONG
DAIKIN
D171903 REDUCING VALVE MG-02P-03-50-T DAIKIN
D177007 SOLENOID VALVE KSO-G02-2DP-30-E DAIKIN
01 167533 MANIFOLD BLOCK GMB-01-02-SP 1 GABO
NO. PART NO PART NAME SPEC. Q' ty REMARK
@
~-----------1
' '
' '
@
@ TL _______ _ __JT @
B"' "'A "'A
01 08
@@ ~@
CHUCK C1~1S BRAKE
21L7505 HY'D VALVE SET(SPINDLE-1)

14 H.S.H BOLT M5*50 4 K. S
13 HOSE ADAPTER PT.PF1/4"*90° 1 HYUPDONG
12 BUSHING PT 3/8'-PT1/4" HYUPDONG
11 HOSE ADAPTER PT.PF3/8"*90° HYUPDONG
10 D183303 HOSE ADAPTER PT.PF3/8" L 2 HYUPDONG
09 D178103 PLUG PT3/8" 3 HYUPDONG
08 D180609 CONNECTOR PT1 4-¢ 6 2 HYUPDONG
07 D180403 H.S.H BOLT M5*85 4 K. S
06 D180807 45° CONNECTOR PT.PF3/8"*45° L 4 HYUPDONG
05 90° CONNECTOR PT.PF3/8"*90° 1 HYUPDONG
04 SOLENOID VALVE KSO-G02-2BP-30-E DAIKIN
03 D171903 REDUCING VALVE MG-02P-03-50-T 2 DAIKIN
02 D177007 SOLENOID VALVE KSO-G02-2DP-30-E DAIKIN
NO. PART NO PART NAME SPEC. QI ty REMARK
21L07501(6/10) HYDRAULIC ASS Y 1
P10-6
01
@@ @@
UPPER TOOL POST LOWER TOOL POST
21L7506 HY'D VALVE SET(2-TURRET)

I
i
----+-----
! 16
15 HOSE ADAPTER PT_PF3/8" 4 K _S
i 14
----1-----
! 13
12
11 SERVICE ELOW PT3/8"-.PT3/8" 2 K. S
10 D183303 HOSE ADAPTER PT.PF3/8" 2 K. S
- • •1 K. S
09 D178103 PLUG PT3/8" 2
I
08
07 D180403 H.S.H BOLT M5*85 8 K. S
06
05
04
03 D172603 THROTTLE CHECK VALVE MT-02b-50-T 2 DAIKIN
02 SOLENOID VALVE KSO-G02-2BP-30-E 2 DAIKIN
01
UPPER TOOL POST LOWER TOOL POST
I
I
--+-----
15
i
---r---- 14 H505035 HEX. SOCKET BOLT M5*35L 4 K. S
i 13 030432 END COVER GMBC-01 1 GABO
12 R12009 0-RING P-9 4 N.O.K
_.__._ 11
10
09
D183303
D178103
SERVICE ELOW
HOSE ADAPTER
PLUG
PT3/8"-.PT3/8"
PT.PF3/8"
PT3/8"
2
4
4
HYUPDONG
HYUPDONG
HYUPDONG
08
07 D180403 H.S.H BOLT M5*85 4 K. S
06
05
04
03 D172603 THROTTLE CHECK VALVE MT-02b-50-T DAIKIN
02 D177007 SOLENOID VALVE KSO-G02-2BP-30-E DAIKIN
-- -- -
21L07501(8/10) I HYDRAULIC ASS'Y P10-8
~ ~-----t---+-+-----+--+----+--+---'ili; @
~; ~@
GEAR SHIFT
01

19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12 MALE CONNECTOR BMC06-02 2 K. S
11 0178103 PLUG PT3/8" 2 K. S
• 10
09
08
07
06
05
H5050150
0183303
HOSE ADAPTER
BUSHING
SERVICE ELOW
HEX. SOCKET BOLT
MALE CONNECTOR
PT.PF1/4"
PT3/8"-.PT1/4"
PT3/8"-.PT3/8"
M5*125
BMC06-03( O6-3/8")
2
2
2
8
4
K. S
K. S
K. S
04
03 0171903 REDUCING VALVE MG-02P-03-50-T 2 DAIKIN
02 0177007 SOLENOID VALVE KSO-G02-2DP-30-E 2 DAIKIN
01 MANIFOLD BLOCK GMB-01-02 1 GABO
21L07501(9/10) I HYDRAULIC ASS'Y P10-9
@
,-----------1
@@
GEAR SHIFT
01

15 R12009 0-RING P-9 4 N.O.K
14 H505035 HEX. SOCKET BOLT M5*35L 4 K. S
13 030432 END COVER GMBC-01 1 GABO
12 MALE CONNECTOR BMC06-02 K. S
12 11 D178103 PLUG PT3/8" 4 K. S
• 10
09
08
07
06
05
H5050150
D183303
HOSE ADAPTER
BUSHING
SERVICE ELOW
HEX. SOCKET BOLT
MALE CONNECTOR
PT.PF1/4"
PT3/8"-.PT1/4"
PT3/8"-.PT3/8"
M5*125
BLM06-03( c: 6-3/8")
2
2
2
4
2
K. S
K. S
K. S
K. S
K. S
04
03 D171903 REDUCING VALVE MG-02P-03-50-T DAIKIN
02 D177007 SOLENOID VALVE KSO-G02-2DP-30-E DAIKIN
21L07501(10/10) HYDRAULIC ASS'Y p10~10
01667024000
FLEXIBLE HOSE(¢6x4000) D173381440
D173381440 Y-AXIS
0166 7022200
X2-AXIS FLEXIBLE HOSE(¢6x2200) DISTRIBUTOR
DISTRIBUTOR
FLEXIBLE HOSE(¢6x3500)
21L 7509
FRONT BRACKET ~-
0166 7022500 D173381440
D173381440 X1-AXIS
Z2-AXIS CAPFLEX DISTRIBUTOR
DISTRIBUTOR
0166 7021450
FLEXIBLE HOSEl¢6x1450)
0166 7021900
FLEXIBLE HOSE(¢6x1900) D173381440
Z1-AXIS
DISTRIBUTOR
21L 7510
CAPFLEX
FRONT BRACKET ~~~~~
01667020500
01667022600
FLEXIBLE HOSE(¢6x2600) 21L 7508A
REAR BRACKET
D173381440
B-AXIS
DISTRIBUTOR
2-D180601 01667020850
01667022500 FLEXIBLE HOSE(¢6x850)
::--.::: FLEXIBLE HOSE(¢6x2500)
~2=============~==:::==========~
H D15861121
I LUB CYCLE PUMP
J
0180804
0173201
0183201
21L05102 LUB SYSTEM ASS'Y P11

2 4 1 3
0
l
l l
I :
i !
;
0
EL-BOX
i 0 0 0 0
i I
0 0
0 0
0 0
Ii 1--
0
f
0 0 -t-
t--
!---
Ii
!j ..L ..l
I
~i 'l~---~)
!
D-;-r·!
6£ _l
I/
i
tL 0 0
0 0
Ti
-- :-' f-- - --+-! t-
11
I: :u. o
i
! i
~ .,F===
; if-T 0
----
0
mi
!
2 21L8198 DUCT COVER 1 SPCC !

3 0183504 JOINT NIPPLE H506015 H.SH BOLT 7 M6x15
4 21L 7508 HOSE BRACKET 1 0180404 45° CONNECTOR 1 21L8197 CABLE DUCT 1 SCP1
H506015 H.SH. BOLT 4 0180304 90' CONNECTOR H506015 H.S.H BOLT 8 M6x15
No. DRAWING No. PARTS NAME QTY llllDIAl REMARK 21L07601(1/6) L!NE ASS'Y P12-1
NOTE No. DRAWING No. PARTS NAME QTY lllllfl!l REMARK NOTE No. DRAWING No. PARTS NAME OTY !Ullllll REMARK 1 NOTE
SPINIU Sf'(ED & PO';i[R-T[RQt( D~AH
ill "
PO\JER
(kw)
j'" I
I - IT I
I Ir~-~ '.JI I
I i _l~ ::__, I :
I I I
~--~_J
L ____ _ C' AXIS GEAR SHIFT
SENSOR DETAIL
OIL COOLING UNIT
318
M VIEW OUT
YZM30
w VIEw
V VIEw
v~
'---
I 21L04201(7/8) jTURRET ASS'Y (ROT ARY TOOL) P3-7

5-M6x25
HEX SOCKET CAP SCREW
5-M6x30
: II
111
CUTTING POSTION
: II
ON 11
WITHOUT Y-AXIS 1
TURRET I
II
1/8 SOCKET HEAD PLUG 5-M10x35

CUTTING POSTION ON
WITH Y-AXIS TURRET HEX SOCKET CAP SCREW
20°
~
I
-1-j I H .
--1
!
I! i
~
_,.
=
WITH Y-AXIS
5-M6x25 (21L4206)
K-K (21L4202)
HEX SOCKET CAP SCREW 5-M10x 75
J-J l21L4251)
F-F (21L4209)
H-H (21L4208)
5-M10x75
'--------·--
WITHOUT Y-AXISI
<
(21L4206)
K-K (21L4202)
J-J (21L4203)
21L04201(8/8) \TURRET .ASS'Y (ROT ARY TOOL) P3-8
18
17
'-
16 P408040 : TAPER PIN 2
'-
" 15 0132304 FACE LOCKER 24
"" 14 21L3042 FLANGE 1 SM45C
~- ............ _ '\
'-
--.._ H508035 . BOLT 4 4B835
" 13 21 L30311
" GUID RA451200ANC2BP01P5 NSK
H512040 BOLT 46 4B1240
12 21L3003 I COLLAR 1 SM45C
11 0402506201 BEARING 2 5T AC62BDBDC 1OPN A NSK
10 21L3007A BRACKET 1 GC250
H512050 BOLT 4 4B1250
P408040 TATER PIN 2
9 21 L30341 BALL SCREW 1 3607P-24PSSK1-C3Z12 NSK

H608080 BOLT 6 4B1030
0130108 LOCK NUT 2 ZM25 YHB
8 21L3005 COVER SM45C
H508030 BOLT 6 4B830
7 21L3006 COLLAR SM45C
t SEAT i 6 0402506201 BEARING 3 25TAC62BDBDC10PN7A NSK
Ir , SEAT
I
5 21L3004 COVER 2 SM45C
't+ w + + ,r,] ,1 -
\I.,ii~
H508030 BOLT 12 4B830
l~
~
!I HO E \ .
I
t---t-7
( I \ I !
4 21L3003 3 SM45C
w
I '
i ., '
11
I'
'
.:
)-UW\v!
I
I
I
I
\ I ;
''----1/i I
l
'
1
I .
t !
I
I
l
3 21 L3001
COLLAR
BRACKET 1 GC250
I I II I
i !
! i H512055 BOLT 4 4B1255
2 1232053 COUPLING 2 2932.333 20 35 mayr
1 MOTER 1 a22/3000i FANUC
H512030 BOLT 4 4B1230
21L03101 (1 /2) Z1 -AXIS ASS Y
1
P4-1
r--
\l
B-B
L_ B
250
12
1 '-------'
~-
li
i i
463
BO I' 107 i I I
ST 520
1075
212 276
21 L03101 (2/2) Z1-AXIS ASS'Y P4-2

-----
----- "
' 15 21L3022 SADDLE GC250
~
'
--.._
'\
\
-----
H508035 BOLT 24 4B835
-----
" H108025 SET SCREW 4 6S825
"
'\
'\
0130108 NUT 4 1N8
\ 14 21L3025 COLLAR 1 SM45C
\
\ 13 21L3027 COVER 1 SM45C
\
\ H508025 BOLT 5 4B825
I 12 21L3029 BRACKET 1 GC250
I
I H512050 BOLT 4 481250
I
I P408040 TAPER PIN 2
I 11 21L3024 COLLAR 1 SM45C
/
I 10 21L3028 COLLAR 1 SM45C
/
/
/ 9 1232053 COUPLING 1 2932.333 20 35 mayr
/
./
8 21L3004 FLANGE S45C
H508030 BOLT
I
6 M8*30
7 21 L3003 ' COLLAR 1 S45C
6 21L30351 BALL SCREW 1 3204P-56PSS-C3Z10 NSK
E91 Ej9 w:CBdM I

H50820 BOLT
0131335 LOCK NUT
0131336 I LOCK NUT
6
2
4B820
ZM25
ZM30
YHB
YHB
H
I'
I
i 1111
5 21 L3023 I COLLAR
4 0402506201 BEARING
1 SM45C
3 25TAC62BDBC10PN7A NSK
3 21L30321A GUID 1 RA350720ANC2P01P53 NSK
H508035 BOLT 34 4B835
2 0132303 FACE LOCKER 20
1 MOT ER a 12/3000i with brake FANUC
No. DRAWING No.! PARTS NAME QTY MATERIAL REMARK NOTE
21 L03201 ( 1/2) X1-AXIS ASS'Y PS-1
15
A A
t
485
A-A B-B
27
C-C
21 L03201 (2/2) X1-AXIS ASS'Y P5-2

":JC\,,<;:)
'.':><;:)
'0
16 21L2011 BLOCK 2
H512040 H[X SOCKCT CAP SCRf:W 2
"<;:)
C\,, 15 0131335 LOCK NUT 2 ZM 25
14 21 L3008 COLLAR 1 S45C
13 030620510 BEARING 1 6205 zz NSK
12 21 L3007 BRACKET 1 FC250
H512050 H[X SOCKCT CAP SCRf:W 4 M12*50
H608040 HEXAGON BOLT 1 MS*40
0130108 HEXAGON NUT 1 MS
11 21L3005 COVER 1 S45C
H508030 H[X SOCKCT CAP SCRf:W 6 MS*30
10 21L3006 COLLAR 1 S45C
9 0402506201 BEARING 1 25TAC62BDBDC10PN7A NSK
8 21L3004 COVER 1 S45C
I H508030 HtX SOCKCT CAP SCRf:W 6 MS*30
0
LO
C"-1
7 21L3003 COLLAR 2 S45C
FC250
~
11 6 21L3001 BRACKET 1
H512055 HtX SOCKCT CAP SCR[W 4 M12*55
5 1232053 COUPLING 2 2 932.333 20 35 ma yr
I FANUC
4 SERVE MOTOR 1 a 22/3000i
H512030 HtX SOCKfT CAP SCRf:W 4 M12*30
H510055 HtX SOCKCT CAP SCRf:W 4 M10*55
3 21L2503 SUB SPINDLE BASE 1 FC250
EB EB EB EB H108025
0130108
SOKET SET BOLT
HEXAGON NUT
4
4 MS
MS*25
NSK
2 21L20021 WBOLLSCREW 1 W3608P-14PSS-C3Z12
- - - - - - - - - - -- - - - ----------- --------- H510030 HtX SOCKCT CAP SCRf:W 5 M10*30

21 L20011 WGUIDE 1 RA451043ANC2P01P53 NSK
H512035 H[X SOCKCT CAP SCRf:W 40 M12*40
0132304 tAC[ lOCKtR BlOI 24 MS
No DRAWING N . PARTS NAME QTY MATERIAL REMARK NOTE
21 L02501 (1 /3) B-AXIS ASS'Y P6-1

4
c-c
A-A
12
H-H
21L02501
._____ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ___:__ _ _ _ __J________ - (2/3) B-AXIS ASS'Y P6-2
T VIEW
S VIEW
-·----- 666.5
2
uj
v SPLA<;H COVfR SPI ASH COVER

"t+-----~63~6_ _ ______,
948
620
646
I I
ST 630
I I
s
MAIN SPINDLE - ~
T
SUB SPINOU
.-
+--
r--
~
[
I-
DC
I-
- - +-+-
or- ~
y 10 L-
f--<
--:------
J
j 1
652
U VIEW
ljJ -
-lf-
f---------1 f-J
-t1 l---IB------'--_._ _ _L___j
21 L02501 (3/3) P6-3

' '-
"
""
~- --.._ ,, 16 11Ll011 2 SH41C
'-
'-
BLOCK
" H5080l0 BOLT 8 4B830
" 15 21ll0361 BALL SCREW 1 W3202P-22PSSK1-C3Z5 NSK
H506016 BOLT 5 4B616
0131ll5 PR[(ISION LOCK NU 1 ZM25 YHB
14 11ll011 BRACKET 1 6C110
H512050 BOLT 4 4B 1250
P408040 TAPER PIN 2
13 11ll011 COLLAR SH41C
12 1ll016 COVER 1 SH41C
H506016 BOLT 4 4B616
11 1ll015 PULLY 50 S5M0250 A BANDO
0107014 SPANNRIN6 RFN8006-20x25 RINGFEDER
10 11ll014 COVER SM41C
H506025 BOLT 4 4B625
21ll026 BELT 150 S5M6 70IS TS) BANDO
11ll010 PLATE 1 SBl4P
H508030 BOLT 4 4B830
H108035 SET S(R[i/ 2 6S835
1ll019A PULLY 10 S5M0110 A BANDO
MOTER a 8/30001 with brake FANUC
_j H508025 BOLT 4 4B825
1ll001 WASHER 1 SM4\(
H506016 BOlT 4B616
i 2ll010 SADDLE 6C110
I I
H -+ H\08030 BOLT 24 4B830
eD
11 H108025 SET S(R[i/ 4 6S825
\I j I HO E \
·1I !"! \ , 0130108 NUT 4 1N8
/I /
11lJOJJ1 lM GUIDE RA3504 4OANC 2P01P53 NSK
H
I I 0132303 fA([ LOCKER 12
I I
I II
, 1ll04l BLOCK 2 SH4\C
I
H512030 BOLT 6
H512040 BOLT 2
11ll011A COLUMN 1 6mo
H520060 BOLT 4 4B2060
No. DRAWING No. PARTS NAME QTY ATERIAl REMARK NOTE
21 L03301 ( 1/2) Y-AXIS ASS'Y P7-1

~
l l
~
L
!L _ _ _ _ _ JI
I I l
112
21 L03301 (2/2) Y-AXIS ASS'Y P7-2

w
17 num COLLAR 1 SM45[
16 21rn17 BRMKET 1 Gmo
H512 050 BOLT 4 M12x50
H508025 BOLT 1 MSx25
1s 21L3 5291 GUIDE 1 RA350560ANC2P01K53 NSK
H508035 BOLT 28 MSx35
0132303 FA(E LO(K 14 M6
14 21L30312 GUIDE 1 RA451200ANC2P02P53 NSK
H12 04 0 BOl.T 46 M12x40
0132304 fME lO[K 24 MS
13 21l3501 SADDLE 1 G[2so
H510060 BOLT 24 M10x60
H108025 SET srnEW 4 MSx25
0130108 NUT 4 MS
12 21L3008 COLL AR 1 SM45[
/ 11 030620510
10 21L3007
H512 050
BEARING
BRA[KET
BOLT
1
1
4
G[2so
6025 ZZ
M12x50
NSK
H508025 BOl T MSx25

0130108 NUT 1 MS
9 21l3006 COLLAR SM45[
s 21L3005 [OVER 1 SM45[
H508030 BOLT 6 M8x30
7 0402506201 BEARING 1 25TM62BDBDC10PN7A NSK
6 21l3004 rnvrn 1 SM45[
\ (
I
I
-------
-: rs-EAT____________ - H508030 BOLT 6 MSx30
I
I : I
5 21l3003 COLLAR 2 SM45[
I I I
~~ ~: i ~· 1 NSK
4 21L30341 BOOL SCREW Wl601P-14PSS-UZ11
1 1 --y
_¢__ Y1 I
:
I
I
I ,r'
-- -....
',
J
I .AI
1232053 PRE[ISION lOCK NUT 2 ZM25 YHB
I : / \ _!,,.. I
:
I
I
I
1
'(,,..
,..""'I 1....-
1,........-1
'',,, H5100 35 BOLT 5 M10x35
I
I
:
I
\
'\ ,..
/
I
(i : I I I
I ''
'' 3 1232053 [OUPLING 2 932.333 20 35 MAYR
I --J ' ..... _ _ ..../' I I I I
r- I I I I I
''
I 1 I I I I
n
''
'' 2 21l3001 BRACKET 1 Grno
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1n
I ',, x
I
I II +
I _ _ )~~
II 11
' H512055 BOLT 4 M12x55
MOTOR a 22/3000i FANUC
H512030 BOLT 4 M12x30
No. DRAWING No. PARTS NAME QTY HAHRIAl REMARK NOTE
21 L03501 (1 /4) X2/Z2-AXIS ASS Y

1
PS-1
X VIEW Y VIEW
~
i !!
n
1'
.
1
! : '
!
h
1:
i!
F
39 113011 BLOCK 2 SM45C

H508030 B!HJ 8 MBx30
38 1tllli rnvrn 1 SP!
H506016 BOll 2 M6x16
37 1ll01'J BRACK£! 1 6(150
H512050 BOLT 4 M12x50
H608025 BOLT MBx25
i 36 113\09 (OlLAR SH41[
I t=
__ J____________________________________________ --------------------------------------------------------------
0
35 113\08
34 11JIOJ
H508025
33 113\06
COLLAR
RETAINER
B!U
SADDLE
1
5
1
SH41[
SH41[
111SO
M8x25
H508030 BOLT 24 M8x30

H108025 Sf! SCREW 4 M8x25
0130108 NUT 4 MB
Z VIEW
32 llllOI CllLAR SH41[
31 MOTOR FANUC
H512030 BOLT 4
113\04 RHA!l(R SH41[
--, 30
H508025 Bill 2 M8x25
0130108 NJ! 2 H8
0512045 BOLT 4 M12x45
29 0107021 SPANNRING .._,,.. RINGFEDE
28 11ll0l PllLY llllWll BANDO
21 11ll01 RETAINER SH41[
HS05020 Bill 4 M5x20
26 21L3026 BELi 1 lll\91*1!1 BANDO
25 113014 CllLAR SH41[
24 0402506501 B[ARJNG 2 lll!Wlllllllll NSK
23 0107014 SPANNRl«i RfN8006-1MI RtrfEIIR
22 21L3530 BALL SCREW -llllfl!-Oll NSK
0131335 PREOSKW LOCK NUT 2 ZM25 YHB
0131336 PRECISKW LOCK NUT ZM30 YHB
H508030 Bill 5 M8x30
21 11301l COLLAR SH41[
2o 113014 l01'£R SH41[
H506025 Bill 4 M6x25
19 1ll01i PllL y llllWll BANDO
18 lllO'li COVER 1 SH41(
H506016 Bill 6 M6x16
No. DRAWING No. PARTS NAME QTY lllJOOJ. REMARK NOTE
21L03501 (2/4) X2/Z2-AXIS ASS Y

1
P8-2
C-C
1075
120 H-H
193
1200
0 VIEW
I
E-E
P VIEW
15 88 92.o.os 91 89 20
ST520
212
-p
____________________ ]
463
113,o 1 113,01 E
270
21 L03501 (3/4) X2/Z2-AXIS ASS Y

1
PB-3
W VIEW
D-D
I
,---------------------------1---------,
i I !
-----~--------------
i ' i
15 i 66 i
--+-----+--
!
I
II
320
420
605
F-F
A-A B-B Q VIEW

420
.r------------,. 159 90.o.os 72 13 215
,-----Tl L---------J 98 <1>74

: irl h
!! ! !
!! i !i
!! ~ ---------~ i
!! h
!! I!
ij i!
!!
i
r----------1 r
!i 128
Ii
120
.i_ ___________ _i.
21 L03501 (4/4) X2/Z2-AXIS ASS'Y PS-4

01662032000 N.T CONNECTOR HOSE(1") 01662024500 N.T CONNECTOR HOSE(3/8")
01662032200 N.T CONNECTOR HOSE(1 ") 01662024500 N.T CONNECTOR HOSE(3/8")
...-""--r---~j
,-----------,
21L7513 -.- - - - - - - - - - - - I t : . : . . . _ _ _ , < - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - .
L~L9QK __ Jr01662020350 N.T CONNECTOR HOSE(3/8")

OUT 1 , - - - - - - - - -;;-i
...
,-----------,
j21 L7508A: : 21 L7512 j
:BRACKET·
L: ___________ :___i ·BLOCK
L ___ - - ____ _J:
0 I IN 01662034000 N.T CONNECTOR HOSE( 1")

01662034200 N.T CONNECTOR HOSE(1 ")
~-01662020750 N.T CONNECTOR HOSE(3/8")
1,-- ----- ----i

: 21 L7511 :
!L::__
BRACKER!
----- --~
01662032200 N.T CONNECTOR HOSE(1")
01662032500 N.T CONNECTOR HOSE( 1")
01662032100 N.T CONNECTOR HOSE(1")
01662032500 N.T CONNECTOR HOSE( 1")
REAR TURRET
AC7.7/5.5KW
1,--- --- -----i

: 21 L7509 :
SPINDLE SPINDLE-2 !L::BRACKER!
___ --- ---~
AC15/11 KW AC15/11 KW
FRONT TURRET
AC7.5/5.5KW
r--2-1-L75Tcf 1 r - .- - - - - . ; : - - - - - - - - - - - '
!BRACKER~!
L:__
----- __
~--.;~c--~~~~~
_:__J
01666021500 FLEXIBLE CONNECTOR HOSE(3/8")

01666021550 FLEXIBLE CONNECTOR HOSE(3/8")

.____ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __L__ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ___,______ _ _ _ _ _ _ 21 L01701 (1 /3) ~-- --

P9-1
""
ii" .
II .
I
, I
::
II ! I
"
II"
kJI
: I
""
!' II
I .
: I
"ff'-~~~~~"i-----_--_ _
----~.
I \ 11 11
~--------------------------~ DETAIL A
20 ~
T. t.'
. i
''
I
21L1701 OIL CON/TANK SET
40
39
38
37
36 HOSE ADAPTER PT .PF I/2"•90. K.S
35 PT NJPPLE PT I/2"•100L K.S
34 FLOW SWITCH PFW720-04-67 SMC
FLOW CONT" PFBOOS TOKIMEC
33
32 HEXAGO~ BOLT M8•70L K.S
31 HEX BOLT M10•30 10 K.S

OIL CON AKZ568-T DAIKIN
30
29 SERVICE ELBOW 3/4" K.S
28 BUSHING I I/4"-3/4" K.S

27 PT N!PPLE PT I/2" K.S
26 BALL V/V PT I/2" K.S
25 TEE I/2" K.S
24 SWIVEL ADAPTER PTI/2''>PFI/2" K.S
23 HOSE ADAPTER PT3/ 4' -PFI/2"•90" K.S
22 LINE FILTER SHT-06 SHC

21 HOSE ADAPTER PT.PFI/2" K.S
20 Pl PE 3/4"-I90L K.S
19 Pl PE 3/4"''>210 K.S
18 ELBO'.¥ 3/4" K.S
17 NIPPLE 3/4" K.S
16
15 BEND D-30 K.S
14 VYNIL HOSE D-27•350 K.S
13 HOSE NIPPLE(BSBD3) 3/4""-<!>27 K.S

12 SOCKET 3W K.S
11 PLUG PT3/4" K.S
10
09 PT BLOCK S.P GABO
08 PT BLOCK BRK "T s . p GABO
07 S-FI!.TER SE-06(3/4") SHC
06 ll."GNC'T s p GABO
05 AIR flRE,qTIJER SAP-08 SHC
04 0 IL co~ SlWPORT S.P SHC
03 LEVEL GAUGE C-I27 (MI2) SllC

02 COVER s GABO
01 TANK 73 LT GABO
No DESCRIPTION SPEC. & MAT Q'TY REMARK
~-------__:__ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _____L__--=21 L01701 (2/3) OIL CON ASS'Y P9-2

I
<]
11 11
DETAIL A
21L17011 OIL CON/TANK SET

( 1TMC type)
40
,,A, 39
38 HOSE ADAPTER PT 1/2''-PF 1/2' K.S
37
36 NIPPLE 1/2" K.S
35 NIPPLE PT 1/2''-L K.S
34 FLOW SWlTCfl PF•720-04-67 SMC

FLOW CO'IT" PFSOOS TOKlMEC
33
32 HEXAGON BOLT M8•70L K.S
31 HEX BOLT MHJ-30 10 K.S

OIL CON AKZ328-T
30
29
28
27 PT NIPPLE PT 1/2" K.S
26 BALL V/V PT 1/2" K.S
25 TEE 1/2" K.S
24 S\lilVEL ADAPTER PTI/2"•PFl/2" K.S
23 HOSE ADAPTER f'T.PFl/2°··.90· K.S
22 LINE FILTER SllT-06 SHC

21 SERVICE ELBO\\' 1/2' K.S
20 PIPE l/2"*300L KS
19 PIPE 1"•210 K.S
18 E~ l" K.S
17 BUSHING l l/4"-1:2·· K.S
16 HOSE NJ PPLE l BSBD3) 1"-¢27~YC K.S

15 BEND L}-30 K.S
14 VYNIL HOSE D-27*350 K.S
13 HOSE NIPPLE <BSBD3) l'·-<1>21 K.S

12 SOCKET l'. K.S
11 PLUG PT3/4" K.S
JO HOSE ADAPTER PT.PF 1"2'. K.S
09 PT BLOCK sp G,\BO
08 PT BLOCK BRK"T s p GABO
07 S-FILTER SE-08(1" J Sl!C

06 MAGNET s p [u\B()
05 AJR F.REATHER SAP-08 SHC

04 OIL CON SUPPORT S.P Sl!C
03 LEVEL GAUGE C-127 (Ml2) SHC

02 COVER GABO
01 TA.~K 73 LT GABO
No DESCRIPTION SPEC. & ~LAT Q'TY REMARK
~-------------_ ____:_____ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ___J_---=2i~~o1zo1 (3/3) OIL CON ASS'Y P9-3.

11 HYO. UNIT NSP-40-llV1A1-11 NMHI moo1 BRACKET 1 SS400 21l6003 BOLT 10 SH41[
10 Oil COOUNG UNI I AKZl68-(l DAIK~ Hl16031 HEX SOCKET CAP SCREW 4 M16x35 21l6001 HEXAGON LOCK NUT 10 M24xP2.0
21l 1034 STAY SPHC HAIN SPIN!lf USE 6 11l6006 BRACKET 1 SS400 11l6002 BASE GC11f
H508016 HEX SOCKET CAP SCREW 2 M8x16 Hl16035 HEX SOCKET CAP SCREW 4 M16x35 11l6001 BED 1 GC150
t--+-------+- o,___~
11l 1035 ST AY 1 SPHC SUB SPINllf USE s moo1 BOLT 68 SH41C Hl10011 HEX SOCKET CAP SCREW 10 M20x55
t--+-------+-
H\08016
t--~--~
HEX SOCKET CAP SCREW 2 M8x16 4 116004 SPACER 10 SS400 No DRAWING No PARTS NAME QTY lllITl!Al REMARK NOTE 0 0
n [ ~ ~1
i
r-
r - r -f - r - r - ~
Di !
IF===r-------1
I !I I ;
11--1
--------------- ~ +1 r ·-------i
I
----ir----- - I - - - f - 1-- ---1 t-

I
{ --------------- f' u i ~--+~--------.
~ ~~F-f
H
I~ Oil TEMP ''""LATO' "'"' ~~ 0 0 L::J 0 0 l~

I ~r = - H ffP -i~~ ~ ~ ~
0
2
L ., r--! H r-- l _D
0
I- r-- 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 h <"> Fl t- ====..
~ .__L--1 h UJ_J I~ ~ ~
I -:--~ ~~v-H ~ H---- - -----H --+- 3
~f-'--L-_._,.
4 ~{
i
t=;
I-
r
I - ~I
~
I ~ ___l_ ___,~ ~Lo~~o~o~o~~o~o~o~~o~@~-~-=J~====·

·D ~-------l'
I-----'--
.-- [o 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 0 _st 0 D 4
I llt;=:::::::~~n--
,--,
,_
1
1--n-J
-
!=I
t--t-- - - -
I
I
~ ~t----:-'
t:==I '---------'
0 0 0 0 0 0 o~I J~ LL'-' ~~::~;~r~r', '~\l_ H I
HY
I ~I.
J,(
I ' ' I
!
I
---~~I--~ µ__t-----.--
_i_ I,, nf--i ILEPI
f-_}-J
~ITLEPI
~®'~~ lo l
7
l l
---~- -f?' --i
vV1 -: ---- --- --1
_J--_
!&)
~:-----=~t11! ~
OJ O 0 O 0 0 0 0 0 0
F== l l z
~ L~ l=i
0 0 1 : )'---/
;rt- i:; Y- .i L3J \ Jo_ Jli ! ,'
F __
I I L_J I I ~
I 0
l z !,
I /
iI ~~l-J~.j ~ c=c~c+=ccA·-1 ------------------?;-

---------} ~i- -----------+--~/·
: L
I
• J
1 I
;,;=. . ··'7··~~ b
~/ ~ II
b ___
J!l .~.
______________ _:_____________
GJ' t;--±-- GJ :: t°7=~

~
-0: ~-=i=-==t-= ~
.i ·t £ ~
n7
6iJ ""'
______)_ i// I:
J.•L
77 I ? j
L.J
~t-+-----L-,--~-·-,~+:--'--------+-l----l-~-o-~~7~5W-l--~--6-25___1___~~~~-_J+!-.._~i------24;-:"'~'~---iJ.~~~~__:_j~--J-__6_2s___l__~_~µJ._1,s_. w.J~TC~L-~_J_ t- - -~- - -=- - - - s-o _-_- =- - -~- - _J- t1-

7 3100 -
/
FRONT VIEW
2ll06001 ( 1/6) BED ASS'Y P1-1
A
?r~~~~~~~ ~- ---------~ : :
I
If
I I
I '
1
I
I
I
...__;'-,I
:
I
I
I
I
'r1
-+:r
\
t-I I '""r--+----1
I
j\
I : ',
// ..... ,
J)
_;
*I
I
I
I
I
I EB w
I)
11
I I
II
I
I
'- -------
rln : I I
1
I I
I I
1
t--H-+-'----...--'-r~---.-'-.1...-~------- -~ _L __
50 30 575 487
1172
A
RIGHT VIEW
21L06001 (2/6) BED ASS'.Y P1-2

100
~================================================~
EL BOX
n.
TOP VIEW
21 L06001 (3/6) BED ASS'Y P1-3

I I
0
I I
11
I I
I I
11
I I
/
I I
11
/
/
11
I I
I I
II
I I ,'
I I
/
11
I I
I I
11
11
~-· ~·-----
I I
I I
11
11
I I
I I
11
I I
I I
11
11
11
I I
I I
11
I I
I I
11
11
n
+,-r-
I
+::l
/ "\ IIJ
1_..)
\J /((:,-:
I
'...._
+ ------1
_. ,r I
,., 1
I
I
I
I
I I I I
I Jrrh
LEFT VIEW
21L06001 (4/6) BED ASS'Y P1-4

65 551 149 ST 520 390 JOO
cfB
390 I ST 520 I 149 551
2100 --'
45° VIEW
I
.___ _ _ __:_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _,_ _ _ _ ______.__2_1_L0_6_0_0_1(_5/_6_) _J __ BED ASS'Y P1-5
A-A
868
ST 590
590
~ ~_.._-~~ ~_.._ l~ l -·~ }~-·~

~--~:ur ~ ~ ~ ~ -' ~-d~~r.:til~llrFE--
-00.
__--;_q ~-NJ-r T 1+J~ ,--------------1 ~ T aj)~ -

~...=I-====\_Jj"l'--1[1_;11 - ~ RH H ~·T -~ .~: .--' -t= rF ~--t---~
t----rn -itM--------- 1--------f ~

t- -
1,----11, IiiI ' ' _l, "•
1 , IrI + +1 u
,.JL.,.._
rr--~ ~
I I
.---------.----+---- 1--+-----j t--1HH1-1--+-------------t- I -1f------------+---l--i H ·-1 !---+-- --1-·
L:rj µ1 : : :'' ' : ILi _ I

~ ~ J~ ~ i 1 ·-KW ~~ l+ +l ~ ii. ~~-:I
I- t--:1 H -r ...,- c-l
fJ H- ,--j H i -eo H9
w t=J- J I_._ J I _.ll - --- imr
r----------r--~~¥ilmrt-I+-4r,---~illffiul;mmEJ~·w.'.:Lj~
1$
I
F-----------~
}iffir!-f'
===-=-=--- l-.lnL~
- _._
lfKl1flr-f' : I
_:..=.==----_---'
~
Wfill1-
•
• 1tt n FE
1
: : i I
! I.. i ~ J (~ J -------~----
~--+--'
L - - - - _,~'.~~--=f'E'------
:a=r:r :
f
-F -----,-'-~
T T
:=f1
T T~
F'' C':: ~ . • -+- - - -
J!CJ lE'--tll------+---Hlh
~
,.----------1-~ ~ Ut ~ ~ µ I J.,~ ~
'----+----' . ----··· cf' f---1 - - --t-1
L
T
::n=r
l lf l( rj-- ~
I,----+--- ~---l-''--1-------4----' ' - - 1 - - - - - - - - 1 - - - ' ' - - + - - - - - - + - - - - '
I
I
,-----, ,-----, ,--- ---.j

I I I I I
I
~ ~- ·!·
I
·!· _j
:m:
J \._ _,r-, --d
1 =
lr i r lr ir
90 595 600 595 90
SECTION VIEW
21L06001 (6/6) BED ASS'Y P1-6

5
\\\~~~~~~~=:==;===~~===~=====================~~~
\~~~
--~
\
26 \
21L01001(1/2) HEAD STOCK ASS'Y P2-1

-~------'--------'--------- ---------------~------------
32 34 1l103l SPACER SPH[
33 111036 SPACER SPHE
32 SC6698 CYLINDER 1UH08-IKOIP IEOAH
31 1l1033 BLOCK 2
30 111011 DIS( BRAKE P(-450Y-01 IUNTEI
29 111031 SPACER 1 S(Pl
28 1110301 BRACKET 1 SS400
Hl16031 HSH Botl 2 M16x35
r
I
I
+ 27
26 11l1018
25 11l1017
BUllO IN MOTOR
lOUPLING
FLANGE
SH4\(
SH4\(
a180H/6000il FANUC
A B H\08031 HSHBOLT 8 M8x35

24 11l1016 lOLLAR SH41l
'I 23 1l1011 COLLAR SH4\(
I
L
22 11l10141 FLANGE
R11080 0RING P80
21 11l1013 COVER SlPl
H1106010 BUTTON HEAD SCREWS 6 M6x10
20 11l1011 COLLAR SH4\(
19 11l1011 FLANGE SS400
18 11l1010 GUIDE RING SH4\(
H\08010 llS.H Bot! 8 M8x20
17 11l1019 DRAW TUBE STKHll(
16 BZi SENSOR 1 A860-1110-ll11 FANUC
15 11l10161 FLANGE 1 SH4\(
HI08011 HSH BOLT 8 M8x25
14 11l1011 FLANGE 1 SH4\(
H\10040 H.S.H Botl 8 M10x40
0118101 HS.PLUGS 1 Pl1/8
A VIEW B VIEW P408031 TAPER P~ 2
n Oll011010 m11m1 ROLLAR B£ARING 1 N1010MRKR[(0P4 NSK
12 1l101l SLEEVE SH4\(
R11l00 0 RING G300
11 11l1011 STRAIGHT SLEEVE 1 SH4\[
10 11l1011 HEAD STOCK FRAME 1 Gl110
H\10030 H.SHBOLT 2 M10x30
H\16060 HSH.BOLT 6 M16x60
0118101 HS.PLUGS PTl/8
0118103 HSPLUGS PT3/8
0183304 NIPPLE 2 PTl/2
0180506 [ONNE(]OR 2 5/16-1/8
0180106 CONNE(]OR 2 5/16-1/8
9 11l1010 lOLLER SH4\[
8 11l1009 FL NAGE SH45(
R1030111 0 RING 2 115x3
R11006 0 RING Pl1/8
1 034101411104 ANGULAR BALL BEARI 1014A OB NSK
\ I 6 1l1006 DRIVE PIN SH4\(
\ I
\ HI08016 llS.H Botl M8x16
"'l Am s S[6688 CHUCK 1GHA08-Hl01P SEO AM

( ~
lJ
4 11l1004 SPINDLE SH45[
I 'I' 01l1l13 PRECISION LOCK NUT ZM120 YHB
dm J OlllllO PRECISION LOCK NUT ZM100 YHB
LlJrI' I I' I
3
Ollll48
111003
2 111001
PRECISION LOCK NUT
FLANGE
FLANGE
SH45(
SH45(
ZM90 YHB
1I1' '1I1
~I I~ HI06010 HSH Bot! 4 M6x20
1 11l10011 FLANGE 1 SH45[
33 H\08011 HSH BOLT 8 M8x25
R10l0180 0RING 180x3
R11006 0 RING P6
No. DRAWING No. PARTS NAME QTY llAHR!Al REMARK NOTE
21L01001(2/2) HEAD STOCK ASS'Y P2-2

60 ROTOR
n
- BUILT-IN MOTOR 1 SET la 1125115000 TYPE 11 FANUC
715 I
_ _ _ _ _ _ _J
L
n
I
--- - -- -+-------+-.
59 21L4250 SLEEV[
58 21L4249 COVER
H506012 H.m1u
57 21L4457 SHIFT[R
1 SH41(
s
1 SP[(
1 Ptl[1
M6x 12
24 21L4424 COLLAR
23 21L4216 SHAFT
22 21L4422 CLUTCH G[AR
21 21L4214 CLUTCH
1 SH41[
1 SNlH410H
1 SNlH410H 25M40TIXo-O OI
1 SNlH410H
255 J_
L _____ _J 270
H406008 HSfil S. SOl!W
56 21L4456 ROD
55 21L4455 STAY
1
1 Sl141(
1 Sl141(
M6x8 20 21L4213 COVER
H510080 H.S.H Blll
08050200201 BUSH
1 Gmo
4
1
M10x80
MPBZU20-24
H508016 HSH Blll 1 M8x16 19 21L4212 COVER 1 G[~
"1=: rl
+ 54 21L4245 ROD
H505016 HSH Blll
1 SH41[
2 M5x16
H510025 H.S.H Blll
H505030 HS.H Blll
5
2
M10x25
M5x30
-1\----'I IL - - - - - - -
-E
-----H-·
------1h lJ MOTOR COOLING OIL IN
53 21L4453 ROD
52 21L4452 PIN
1 SH41(
1 SH41l
030601210 8[ARHi
18 21L4418 Sl[[V[
1
1 SH41(
6012ZZ
~ MOTOR COOLING OIL OUT 51 21L4451 COVER 1 SH41( R11190 0-Rlt«i 2 G190 JISB2401
I TURRET UNCLAMP l--f-=-H=-50.:...:60-=-16-+H.:.:_l.H-=-Bll'--l--l--4-+--l--M6_x_16---+-----lb-f1?,-J-ir--.:.:_21:..:.:L4"-'2'-10-+8'-'-0X'-"------t-=-1-+-GCc-clScc-0-t-"-"--'----t-------J
85 J TURRET CLAMP 50 21L4450 SUPPER G[AR 1 Sl141( 2.5M60T H508016 H.S.H Blll 2 M8x16
TOOL COOLANT 1 SH41[ 25M30TIXc-OO 51 H516050 H.S.H Btll 2 M16x50
49 21L4449 SHAFT G[AR
K30707025 KEY 2 7x25 21L4464 IXIUBLE Hfl Bill 2 M16x60
030620410 &ARING 1 6204ZZ NSK D130016 IIXAGON NUT 2 M16
21L4463 NUT 1 YZM30 Y HB D178103 H.IPL!Ki 6 R3/8 PLUG
48 21L4448 ROD 1 SH41[ R12012 0-Rlt«i L{.31 P12 JISB2401 /
47 21L4238 STAY 1 SH41( 0136927501 V-RIN6 1 V-275LX FUKUDA
H506016 KSH Bil.I 2 M6x16 <111; 21L4209 HOLDER SM\\(
H405012S H.SJ!LS.SOl!W 1 M5x12 H510035 H.S.Hlllll 5 M10x35
46 21L4237 STAY 1 SH41[ 04720610322 B£ARlt«i 1 7206A DB P4 NSK
H506012 HSH Blll 2 M6x12 R12012 0-RHi lt37 P12 JISB2401 V
45 21L4236 FLIRT BLOCK 1 SH41[ 1s 21L4207 COUPLING l S[H41'i
H405012S HIJ!LS.SOl!W 3 M5x12 H510035 H.S.HBlll 10 M10x35
0130105 IIXAGON NUT 3 MS P110035 PIN 2 10x35
v 0805008010 BUSH 1 MPBZUB-10 MISUMI "\4 21L4208 HOLDER 1 SH41[
44 21L4235 ROD 1 SH41C r= H510075 H.l.H Blll 5 M10x 75
R12010 0-RING 1 P10 JISB2401 R12012 0-RHi P12
f-+_C-~+:-"'.:.:.._~+:--+---+'--'-'----+-_:_::._::_-'------t-+---'-=-'-=--t-=-'--.c.__~~-~~--+-----t--=-~-t-~--j;/"
7rJ
JISB2401 /
43 21L4234 RETAINER 2 SM41( R12170 0-RING ...v P170 JISB2401
~f----'H5~0~60-=-25'--+H=.1.H-=-Bll~l_ _i--=-6---+---+--M_6x_25__-+-----1--1~R1=2=12~5-+-0~-R~~-----+'-~1_lt----1-P=12~5---1-Jl_S_B2_4_01-1v::.
42 21L4233 SUPPER GEAR 1 Sl141[ 2.5M30TIXo-OO 51 R11130 0-R~ ~i) G130 JISB2401 V
0107017 COUPLING 2 RFN80061\xl0 13 21L4207 [OUPLING 1 SCM\11 l2.5M112TIX,-O.s
41 21L4441 [OVER 1 SH4\[ 12 21L4207 [OUPLING 1 S(M41'i
H506016 Hl.H Bill 4 M6x16
030620510 &ARING 1 6205ZZ NSK
40 21L4231 [OLLAR 1 SH41(
39 21L4439 SHAFT G[AR 1 S[M411 2.SM14 TIX"O SI
030620510 B[ARING 1 6205ZZ NSK
37 21L4229 [OLLAR 1 SM41(

76 21L4262 FLANGE IM41(
77 SC998261 PROX.SWIHH E2C-X1A OMRON 35 21L4228 [OLLAR 1 SM41(
SC998325 PROX.SWITCH AMP E2C-JC4AP OMRON 34 21L4227 COLLAR 1 SH41(
76 5(998262 00[, CBS4-6 MISUMI 33 21L4226 COVER 1 SH41( 6 21L4206 SPAUR 1 IM41(
95 71.5 15 47 246.5 t--t----t------1--+---+------t-~--+-t--H_5_06_02_5-+--HS_.H_Bll_l_--1~6--1---t-M-6_x~25. -+-----l-'-5+--.:2~1L~4~20~5---J...:CGU~ID~E_ _-+--1-+-~SM~41~[-+----+----1
74 21L4263 ~JDRAULI[ CYLINOQ 1 """'""""'"'""""·' 71-"'-l'?i>~ 32 21L4225 SHAFT 1 SH41( H505016 H.S.H Blll 7 M5x16
0131334 NUT 1 ZM20 FUKUDA 4 21L4204 TURRET 1 GCDSOO
73 21L4259 FLANGE 1 IH4\[ K30707025 K[Y 2 7x25 H510085 It.SH Bill 12 M10x85
~34 70051032~ B[ARING
-C· E--~
H506025 Hl.HBlll 6 M6x25 1 7005A 0;3 P4 NSK P110085 PIN 2 10x85
72 21L4258 GUIDE 1 SM41[ 21L4224 SPRIRAL B£8fl ()[AR 1 SET SNlM410H 1H40l hi_ 21L4203 HOLDER 1 G[110
H506012 H.S.H Blll 6 M6x12 3o 21L4430 COLLAR 1 SM41[ H510075 H.S.H Blll 5 M10x 75 ./
-+--------I r7~1f----'21-L4-25=7--+--(0~VE=R'-----+-"1-+--SM-41l--+--"--=--+-~---+-29+---'2~1L~4~22~2-t--CO-LL-AR---+--1-+-~SM=41('-l----+---+---'-+-R=12-01-2--1-0--RING----+T\z)-+--+-P-1-2---t-JIS-B-2-40-1~
H505012 HSJ!Btll 6 M5x12 28 21L4221 SLHV[ 1 SM41( 030682810 &ARING 2 6828ZZ NSK
21L4256 COLLAR 1 SM41( 21 21L4220 COUPLING 1 IH41( 2
21L4202 HOLDER 1 SM\I(
' 69 21L4255 rnvrn 1 SM41( 26 21L4219 COUPLING 1 IH41( H506025 Hl.H Blll 5 M6x25
5305012 MACHINE SCREW 4 M5x12 H506020 Hl.H Btll 6 M6x20 D178101 HSPllKi 4 R1/8 PLUG
68 21L4254 BLO[K 1 SH41( zs 21l4218 SHAFT 1 SM41( ru-
21L4201 COVER fl GC110
H506016 Hl.HBlll 2 M6x16 H506030 HIH Blll 6 M6x30
H405015 ltlfil~SOl!W 1 M5x16 K30707025 KEY 2 7x25 0178101 HSPllKi 12 PT1/8 PLUG
0130105 1£XAGON NUT 1 MS 030690510 B[ARING 1 6905ZZ NSK SC996391 SEAL 2 HANS UNG
61 21L4253 ROD 1 SH41C 0131303 NUT 1 ZMV25 FUKUDA R12011 0-RING [117 P11 JISB2401 /
R12009 0-Rllli 1 p9 JISB2401 No DRAWING No PARTS NAME QTY l!Allllll REHARf: NOTE No. DRAWING No. PARTS NAME I'o:fy l!Allllll REMARK NOTE
66 21L4252 ROD 1 Sl141(
65' 21L4251 HOLDER 1 G[lSO
r='
R12150 Jhllll4---"' '12 P150 JISB2401 ,/
62 E9371QCy7 PROX. SWITCH l SET FL7H-2J6HD-Z YAMAT AKE
61 - '',~(NSOR
H506014 H.S.H!illl
No. DRAWING No. PMTS NAME
_ 1 SET
i
QTY l!Allllll
AB60-2150-T401 FANUC
M6x14
REMARK NOTE
21L04201(1/8) I TURl~ET ASS'Y (ROT ARY TOOL) P3-1 I
520 285 345 95 37
2_1_8~)jT_UR RE_~_ Ass y (R0 T;\Ry- T0 0 L)

_ _ _ _ _ _ _ __,___2_1L_0_4_2_01_( I
P3-2
N V1
... ...
- V1
23 21
44
I
16 7 5
520
~
21L04201(3/8) !TURRET ASS'Y (ROT ARY TOOL) P3-3 I

E-E
G
I
'
I
'
------1---------
,
I
I
0 o i
0
0 0
44
0
0
0
5 42
105
G _J
21L04201(4/8) . [TURRET ASS'Y (ROT ARY TOOL) P3-4

C-C
B-B
75
3'
246 5
255
60)
10-M10x3S
21L04201 (sI 8) I TuRRET A ~ s y~-- (R0 TARy T0 0 L)

I P3-5
I
.~
12-M10x85
6-M6x12
7-M5x16
A-A
: II
111
M
37 ,.___
: II
11
1 II
I
0
~
N
A -j
31
33
17
¢9 for coolant
=
r-
=
r-
21L04201(6/8) I TURRET A:;S'Y (ROT ARY TOOL) P3-6

T 2 Instructon Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

T 2 Instructon Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

I I HWRCHacn

HCS - 021L- EngA

Manual Revision Rev.1 2008. 08

< A I S Center >

HWACHEON Machine Tool Co., ltd.

* INTRODUCTION · IMPORTANCE .............................................1-2

2. For Safe Operation of Machine

3. Notes for Attention before using the Machine

4. Things to Note at the time of Installation of the Machine

5. Things to Note at the time of Power Inlet & Cutoff

6. Safety Items at the time of setting the Machine

7. Things to Note at the time of Installation of Workpieces and Tools

8. Safety during the Operation of the Machine

9. Safety Items during Maintenance and Inspection

10. Consideration at the time of selection of Cutting Fluid

11. Things to Note for the Operation of Special Equipment

12. DOOR WINDOW

13. Nameplate for Warning

1-2 Configuration of Shaft

1-3 Configuration of Appearance

2-2 Peripheral Device Specification

2-3 Standard Accessories Specification

2-4 Optional Parts Specification

3. Major Dimension Diagram

3-2 Front View

3-4 Main Shaft related Dimension Diagram

3-5 CHUCK Dimension Diagram

3-6 CHUCK CYLINDER Dimension Diagram

3-7 JAW Dimension Diagram

3-7-1 SOFT JAW (SJ-08B1)

3-8 Tool Interference Dimension Diagram

3-9 Tool Feed Dimension Diagram

3-10 Tool Holder Dimension Diagram

4. Tool Arrangement (TOOLING)

4-2 FACE HOLDER

4-3 BORING BAR HOLDER

4-4 TURN MILL HOLDER

4-5 U-DRILL HOLDER (Optional)

4-6 Things to Note at the time of attaching TOOL HOLDER

4-7 Things to Note at the time of attaching TURN MILL HOLDER

5. Main Shaft Output & Torque

5-2 Main Shaft Output & Torque (TURN MILL SPINDLE)

B. Transportation and Installation

1-2 Machine Transportation

2-3 Installation Map

2-4 Machine Installation

2-5 Wiring and Piping

2-6 Check before Placing Power

2-7 Pilot Operation

2. Main Power Switch

2-2 How to open the Door without cutting Power

3. Main Operation Panel

3-2 MDI Panel

3-3 Operation Panel

4. Names of Operation Panel and their Functions

4-2 "EMERGENCY STOP" Push Button Switch

4-3 Indicator Light State

4-4 "MODE SELECT" Button

4-5 "OPERATION SELECT" or "FUNCTION" Button

4-6 "SPINDLE OPERATION MODE" Switch

4-7 "TURRET INDEX" Button

4-8 "RAPID OVERRIDE" Button

4-9 "JOG FEED" Button

4-10 "FEED OVERRIDE" Switch